WO2012028917A1 - Antenna-switchable reception system and wireless communications device including same - Google Patents

Antenna-switchable reception system and wireless communications device including same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2012028917A1
WO2012028917A1 PCT/IB2011/001937 IB2011001937W WO2012028917A1 WO 2012028917 A1 WO2012028917 A1 WO 2012028917A1 IB 2011001937 W IB2011001937 W IB 2011001937W WO 2012028917 A1 WO2012028917 A1 WO 2012028917A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
antenna
signal
antenna switching
unique word
unit
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/IB2011/001937
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
厳 茂住
秀樹 笠井
隆 藤井
Original Assignee
パナソニック株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2010190074A external-priority patent/JP5658946B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2011150867A external-priority patent/JP5747177B2/en
Application filed by パナソニック株式会社 filed Critical パナソニック株式会社
Priority to CN201180041431.7A priority Critical patent/CN103069727B/en
Publication of WO2012028917A1 publication Critical patent/WO2012028917A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/08Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the receiving station
    • H04B7/0802Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the receiving station using antenna selection
    • H04B7/0805Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the receiving station using antenna selection with single receiver and antenna switching
    • H04B7/0808Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the receiving station using antenna selection with single receiver and antenna switching comparing all antennas before reception
    • H04B7/0811Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the receiving station using antenna selection with single receiver and antenna switching comparing all antennas before reception during preamble or gap period

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an antenna switching reception system for switching and receiving an antenna in a wireless communication system.
  • level degradation due to multipath fading is one of the problems.
  • Signals received by the receiving antenna include not only signals input directly from the transmitting antenna to the receiving antenna, but also signals input via a plurality of different paths. For this reason, signals (multipaths) having different delay times are also input to the receiving antenna, so that the reception level deteriorates by overlapping and canceling signals at the receiving antenna end. This is a phenomenon called level degradation due to multipath fading.
  • a multicarrier transmission technique such as OFDM.
  • “Selective diversity” is a technology that monitors reception levels at multiple antennas and receives signals with optimal antennas, but requires as many receivers as the number of antennas, which increases the circuit scale. There were drawbacks. “Combining diversity” is a technology that combines the phases of signals received by multiple antennas, but this also requires as many receivers as the number of antennas and a phase shifter that matches the phases of each signal. There was a drawback that the circuit scale was increased. “Switching diversity” is a technique for reducing the influence of multipath fading by switching to the other antenna when there is an influence of multipath fading on one antenna (see, for example, Patent Document 1). In recent years, with the widespread use of portable wireless devices, the antenna switching unit is also required to be downsized and cost-reduced, and can be configured with a single receiver. Diversity "is installed in various wireless devices. Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 06-303218
  • an object of the present invention is to provide an antenna switching receiving system that can reduce the influence of level fluctuation due to multipath fading by selecting an antenna with high signal quality accurately even in an environment with many multipaths with a simple configuration. To do.
  • an antenna switching receiving system that switches a plurality of antennas and receives a radio signal
  • the antenna that receives the payload by comparing the quality of the received radio signal while switching the antenna at a predetermined period
  • an antenna control unit that controls switching of an antenna
  • a unique word setting unit that presets and stores a bit string of a known unique word
  • an antenna The unique word detection unit that searches the bit string of the received radio signal while switching the signal and detects the same bit string as the unique word stored by the unique word setting unit, and the quality of the received radio signal for each antenna
  • a signal quality comparison unit is provided for comparison.
  • the antenna control unit selects the antenna determined to have the highest signal quality as a result of comparison by the signal quality comparison unit, and receives the subsequent payload. It is preferable to do.
  • a plurality of unique words consisting of different bit strings are transmitted from a corresponding transmission system in a specific order before a payload, and a plurality of unique words transmitted from the transmission system
  • a plurality of the same unique words are preset and stored by the unique word setting unit
  • the unique word detection unit is a plurality of unique word detection units that individually detect the plurality of unique words, and the plurality of unique words
  • the antenna control unit preferably selects an antenna that is determined to have the highest signal quality.
  • the signal quality comparison unit includes a reception level comparison unit that compares levels of radio signals received by the antennas.
  • the signal quality comparison unit compares the number of errors in the bit string of the radio signal received by each antenna with respect to the bit string of the unique word stored in the unique word setting unit. It is preferable to have a number comparison part.
  • a preamble for establishing bit synchronization is transmitted from each corresponding transmission system before each unique word, and the unique word error number comparison unit includes a bit string of the preamble and the unique word.
  • the preamble unique word error number comparison unit compares the number of errors in the bit string of the radio signal received by each antenna.
  • the antenna switching reception system further comprising: a first counter that counts a first predetermined time that is a reception interval of unique words in one packet, wherein the unique word detection unit receives a radio signal received by any antenna When the unique word is detected, the first counter starts counting, and when the unique word reception interval is counted, it is preferable to detect the next unique word from the signal received by another antenna.
  • the antenna switching receiving system according to the first aspect further includes a second counter that counts a second predetermined time after switching the antenna until the second counter counts the second predetermined time after switching the antenna. It is preferable not to detect a unique word.
  • the antenna switching reception system further includes a packet end detection unit that detects the end of the packet, and when the packet end detection unit detects the end of the packet, the antenna control unit performs control to switch the antenna at a predetermined period. It is preferable to return automatically to receive the next packet.
  • the antenna switching receiving system further includes a third counter that counts a third predetermined time after detecting a specific unique word, and the unique word until the third counter counts the third predetermined time. It is preferable not to detect this.
  • the antenna switching reception system further includes a reception level detection unit for detecting a level of a received radio signal, and the unique word after the reception level detection unit detects a signal level equal to or higher than a predetermined first threshold.
  • the detection unit starts searching for a unique word.
  • preambles and unique words that are twice the number of mounted antennas are transmitted, and that each antenna is switched at a cycle that is twice the preamble and unique word transmission cycle. .
  • a reception level notification unit that detects a level of a received radio signal and notifies the user, and a switching function setting unit for the user to set the validity / invalidity of the antenna switching function. It is preferable to further provide.
  • a reception level detection unit that detects a level of a received radio signal, and an antenna switching function is disabled when the reception level detection unit detects a signal level that is equal to or higher than a predetermined second threshold. It is preferable to further include a switching function control unit.
  • the switching function setting unit or the switching function control unit invalidates the antenna switching function, it is preferable to notify the corresponding transmission system to that effect.
  • the switching function setting unit or the switching function control unit enables the antenna switching function. It is preferable to make it.
  • the payload when the payload is successfully received, it is preferable to transmit an ACK to that effect to the corresponding transmission system.
  • the antenna switching reception system according to the first aspect further includes an antenna switching reception system and a transmission unit that transmits a radio signal.
  • the antenna control unit A wireless communicator that uses an antenna selected during reception is preferred.
  • the antenna switching reception system that switches a plurality of antennas and receives a radio signal
  • the test signal is received and the payload signal is received by each antenna.
  • An antenna switching receiving system is provided in which an antenna that selects an antenna and receives the test signal is switched based on an antenna switching timing detection signal detected before the test signal.
  • the antenna switching timing detection signals are configured by a specific sequence of signal sequences and transmitted, and are arranged in the same sequence as the transmitted antenna switching timing detection signals.
  • a correlation value calculation unit that calculates a correlation value of the signal sequence stored in the storage unit and the signal sequence of the received antenna switching timing detection signal, and the antenna It is preferable to detect the switching timing detection signal based on the correlation value calculated by the correlation value calculation unit.
  • the antenna switching timing detection signal can be demodulated even in a saturated state without depending on the reception level.
  • the antenna switching reception system includes a counter unit that counts time from a specific antenna switching reference timing to the next antenna switching reference timing, and detects the antenna switching reference timing based on the count value of the counter unit It is preferable.
  • the antenna switching timing detection signal is transmitted a plurality of times within one frame, and every predetermined period with a period not less than twice the length of the antenna switching timing detection signal.
  • the antenna switching timing detection signal is not detected for a predetermined period after the detection of the antenna switching timing detection signal.
  • the antenna switching timing detection signal is not detected for a predetermined period after the unique word signal is further detected after the antenna switching timing detection signal is detected.
  • the antenna switching reception system according to the second aspect includes a non-detection time counter unit that counts a time during which the antenna switching timing detection signal is not detected, and the non-detection time counter unit receives a predetermined value during reception by any antenna. When the time is counted, it is preferable to switch to another antenna.
  • the test signal is configured to be transmitted in a specific sequence of signal sequences
  • the storage unit is a signal sequence in the same sequence as the test signals to be transmitted.
  • the calculation unit preferably receives the payload signal without performing antenna switching when detecting the test signal based on the calculated correlation value.
  • a plurality of the second correlation value calculation units are provided corresponding to the number of the test signals.
  • the antenna that receives the test signal and receives the payload signal is selected by each antenna, so that the level fluctuation due to multipath fading can be achieved with a simple configuration. Can reduce the effects of As a result, even in a multipath environment, it is easy to avoid the occurrence of errors due to reception level degradation due to multipath fading.
  • the block diagram which shows the structure of the antenna switching receiving system by 1st Embodiment of this invention.
  • the block diagram which shows the structure of the modification of the antenna switching reception system by the said embodiment.
  • the block diagram which shows the structure of another modification of the antenna switching system by the said embodiment.
  • wireless communications system The block diagram which shows schematic structure of the antenna switching receiving system by 2nd Embodiment of this invention. The figure which shows the operation
  • movement of the modification The block diagram which shows schematic structure of another modification of the same antenna switching reception system. The figure which shows the operation
  • the block diagram which shows schematic structure of another modification of the same antenna switching reception system The figure which shows the operation
  • movement of the modification The block diagram which shows schematic structure of another modification of the same antenna switching reception system. The figure which shows the operation
  • the antenna switching reception system is built in, for example, a switchboard having a wireless communication function.
  • This type of switchboard receives instructions wirelessly transmitted from a monitor device operated by an administrator, and wirelessly transmits information such as power consumption.
  • the monitor device that has received the information such as the power consumption transmitted from the switchboard displays the current or accumulated power consumption of the area where the power is distributed by the switchboard.
  • the switchboard and the monitor device are provided with a wireless communication function so that the monitor device can be appropriately installed and moved according to the environment and the like.
  • the monitor device is provided with a single antenna
  • the switchboard is provided with a plurality of antennas.
  • the switchboard performs stable wireless communication with the monitor device while selecting and switching the antenna suitable for the surrounding environment by the antenna switching reception system.
  • FIG. 1 shows a configuration of an antenna switching reception system.
  • the antenna switching reception system includes a receiver 01, a plurality of antennas 02, and the like.
  • the receiver 01 includes an antenna switching unit 03, an RF unit 04, a baseband unit 05, and the like.
  • the antenna switching unit 03 switches the antenna that receives the radio signal among the two antennas A and B configuring the antenna 02.
  • the RF unit 04 down-converts a radio signal received using the antenna A or B and extracts a baseband signal.
  • the baseband unit 05 processes the baseband signal extracted by the RF unit 04.
  • the baseband unit 05 includes a demodulation unit 06, a synchronization establishment unit 07, a unique word setting unit 08, a unique word detection unit 09, an antenna control unit 10, and the like.
  • the demodulator 06 demodulates the baseband signal extracted by the RF unit 04.
  • the synchronization establishment unit 07 establishes bit synchronization of the demodulated baseband signal.
  • the unique word setting unit 08 presets and stores a bit string of a known unique word. A known unique word is shared with a corresponding transmission system, and a packet with this unique word is transmitted from the transmission system.
  • the unique word detection unit 09 searches the demodulated baseband signal and detects a bit string of the unique word.
  • the antenna control unit 10 controls antenna switching. That is, the antenna control unit 10 determines whether or not to switch the antenna based on the detection result of the bit string of the unique word by the unique word detection unit 09, and sends a control signal for switching the antenna to the antenna switching unit 03. Output.
  • two antennas are switched by the antenna switching unit 03 to receive a radio signal, but the number of antennas may be three or more.
  • FIG. 2 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system.
  • FIG. 3 shows a relationship between a signal transmitted from the corresponding transmission system and an antenna switched by the antenna switching reception system.
  • One packet is composed of a plurality of pairs of preambles and unique words followed by a payload that is transmitted subsequently.
  • the antenna switching reception system receives a radio signal transmitted from the transmission system (# 2) while switching the antennas A and B at a predetermined cycle (# 1).
  • the received signal is down-converted by the RF unit 04 (# 3), demodulated by the demodulation unit 06 of the baseband unit 05 (# 4), bit synchronization is established by the synchronization establishment unit 07 (# 5), and unique word detection is performed.
  • the unique word is detected by the unit 09 (# 6). At this time, the preamble and the unique word are transmitted twice to each antenna so that the preamble and the unique word can be received even if the antennas A and B are switched at any timing.
  • the preamble and the unique word are transmitted four times each as shown in FIG. In this way, a preamble and unique word twice as many as the number of antennas mounted in the antenna switching reception system are transmitted, and each antenna is switched at a cycle twice the preamble and unique word transmission cycle.
  • the preamble transmitted for the first time cannot be received because the antenna was switched during reception, and the preamble or unique word transmitted for the second time was affected by multipath fading for antenna B. The case where it cannot receive by this is shown. In this case, since bit synchronization cannot be established, a unique word cannot be detected (NO loop is repeated in # 6).
  • the preamble transmitted for the third time cannot be received because the antenna is switched during reception, and the preamble transmitted for the fourth time is received by the antenna A, bit synchronization is established, and a unique word is detected. .
  • the antenna is fixed to A (# 7), and the subsequent payload is received (# 8).
  • the quality of the received radio signal is compared while switching the antenna at a predetermined cycle, and the antenna that receives the payload is selected. For this reason, even in an environment where multipath occurs frequently, antenna selection can be completed before receiving the payload of each packet for a signal for receiving new packets one after another asynchronously.
  • FIG. 4 shows a configuration of a modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the above embodiment.
  • the system of this modified example further includes a threshold setting unit 11 with respect to the system shown in FIG.
  • the threshold setting unit 11 sets a threshold relating to the degree of coincidence between the bit string of the unique word and the bit string of the received radio signal while switching the antennas A and B.
  • the unique word is composed of a 32-bit bit string
  • the bit string of the unique word and the bit string of the received wireless signal do not match by several bits due to an instantaneous change in the communication environment during reception of the unique word. There is.
  • the threshold is set to 30 bits.
  • the threshold value is set according to the allowable limit value of the number of errors in the bit string of the received radio signal with respect to the bit string of the unique word.
  • FIG. 5 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system according to this modification.
  • the unique word detection unit 09 After bit synchronization is established by the synchronization establishment unit 07 (# 5), the unique word detection unit 09 compares the bit string of the unique word stored by the unique word setting unit 08 with the bit string of the received radio signal. At this time, when the number of bits equal to or greater than the threshold set by the threshold setting unit 11 matches (YES in # 9), the unique word detection unit 09 determines that a unique word has been detected, and proceeds to # 7.
  • FIG. 6 shows a configuration of another modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the above embodiment.
  • FIG. 7 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system according to this modification.
  • FIG. 8 shows an example of a relationship between a signal transmitted from a corresponding transmission system and an antenna switched by the antenna switching reception system.
  • FIG. 9 shows another example of the relationship between the signal transmitted from the corresponding transmission system, the antenna switched by the antenna switching reception system, and the signal received by each antenna.
  • a plurality of unique words consisting of different bit strings are transmitted from the corresponding transmission system in a specific order before the payload.
  • a plurality of unique words that are the same as the plurality of unique words transmitted from the corresponding transmission system are preset and stored by the unique word setting unit 08. That is, in FIG. 9, each unique word (UW1 to UW4) is composed of different bit strings. In the case shown in FIG. 8, the unique words UW1 to UW3 may be the same and only the unique word UW4 may be different.
  • the multiple unique word detection unit 12 individually detects the multiple unique words UW1 to UW4. Then, a different antenna selection operation is assigned to each unique word detected by the multiple unique word detection unit 12. In FIG.
  • the process returns to # 2.
  • the unique words UW1 to UW3 may be the same and only the unique word UW4 may be different.
  • # 13 to # 32 the operations of # 13 to # 32 will be described.
  • the multiple unique word detection unit 12 After switching the antenna (# 15), the multiple unique word detection unit 12 searches for the unique word UW2 (# 16), and when the unique word UW2 is detected (YES in # 17), the signal quality comparison unit 13 Detects the quality of the unique word UW2 (# 18). Furthermore, the signal quality comparison unit 13 compares the signal quality of the unique word UW1 and the unique word UW2 and selects the antenna that receives the payload. As an example of this case, FIG. 9 shows an operation in which the unique word UW1 received by the antenna A has better signal quality than the unique word UW2 received by the antenna B, and the antenna is switched again to receive the payload by the antenna A. It is shown.
  • the unique word UW2 After antenna switching, that is, if the signal quality of the unique word UW2 is good (NO in # 19), the unique word UW2 is fixed to the received antenna (# 20), and the process proceeds to # 12.
  • the antenna switching that is, if the signal quality of the unique word UW1 is good (YES in # 19)
  • the antenna is switched to the antenna that received the unique word UW1 (# 21), and the process proceeds to # 12.
  • the reason why the unique word UW4 is received in # 12 is to find the payload.
  • the signal quality comparison unit 13 When the next unique word UW2 is searched and detected by the multiple unique word detection unit 12 (YES in # 22), the quality of the radio signal received by the signal quality comparison unit 13 is detected (# 23). That is, the signal quality of the unique word UW2 is detected.
  • the multiple unique word detection unit 12 After switching the antenna (# 24), the multiple unique word detection unit 12 searches for the unique word UW3 (# 25), and when the unique word UW3 is detected (YES in # 26), the signal quality comparison unit 13 Detects the quality of the unique word UW3 (# 27). Furthermore, the signal quality comparison unit 13 compares the signal qualities of the unique word UW2 and the unique word UW3 and selects the antenna that receives the payload.
  • the unique word UW3 After antenna switching, that is, if the signal quality of the unique word UW3 is good (NO in # 28), the unique word UW3 is fixed to the received antenna (# 29), and the process proceeds to # 12.
  • the antenna switching that is, if the signal quality of the unique word UW2 is good (YES in # 28)
  • the antenna is switched to the antenna that received the unique word UW2 (# 30), and the process proceeds to # 12.
  • the unique word UW2 is not detected by the multiple unique word detection unit 12 (NO in # 22)
  • the unique word UW2 is not detected by the multiple unique word detection unit 12 (NO in # 22)
  • the unique word UW2 is not detected by the multiple unique word detection unit 12 (NO in # 22)
  • the unique word UW3 is searched and detected by the multiple unique word detection unit 12 (YES in # 31)
  • the unique word UW3 is fixed to the antenna that received it (# 32), and the process proceeds to # 12.
  • the process proceeds to # 12 without fixing the antenna (that is, with periodic antenna switching).
  • the signal quality comparison unit 13 compares the signal quality of the unique word UW1 and the unique word UW2, and when the unique word UW2 is detected, the unique word UW2 and the unique word UW3 are detected. Compare signal quality.
  • the unique words UW1 and UW2 cannot be detected by one antenna and the unique word UW3 or UW4 is detected by the other antenna, it is not meaningful to switch the antenna. Do not compare levels.
  • the unique words UW1 and UW2 may not be detected due to the influence of instantaneous noise or the like. Therefore, when the unique word UW3 is detected by the multiple unique word detection unit 12 in # 31, the antenna is switched to detect the unique word UW4, and the signal quality of the unique word UW3 and the unique word UW4 is compared. Also good. In # 17, when the unique word UW2 cannot be detected, the unique word UW3 or UW4 may be detected, and the signal quality of the unique word UW1 and the unique word UW3 or UW4 may be compared.
  • the unique word UW4 may be detected and the signal quality of the unique word UW2 and the unique word UW4 may be compared.
  • a plurality of unique words that are the same as the plurality of unique words stored in the unique word setting unit are transmitted in the same order before the payload, and the plurality of unique word detection units 12 UW1 to UW4 are detected individually. This makes it possible to assign different antenna selection operations for each detected unique word. For example, when the last unique word UW4 immediately before the payload is detected, the subsequent payload can be received without switching the antenna.
  • the signal quality comparison unit 13 compares the quality of signals received by the respective antennas, and the antenna control unit 10 selects an antenna that is determined to have higher signal quality and receives the payload. As a result, it is possible to receive a payload with an antenna that always obtains a higher quality received signal.
  • the signal quality comparison unit 13 compares the quality of the signal received by each antenna, selects the antenna that is determined to have the highest signal quality, and loads the payload.
  • FIG. 10 shows a configuration of still another modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the above embodiment. The system of this modification applies a reception level comparison unit 14 as one form of the signal quality comparison unit 13 in the system shown in FIG.
  • the reception level comparison unit 14 detects and compares the reception level of each antenna.
  • the reception level of the antenna can be acquired by detecting, for example, RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indication).
  • FIG. 11 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system according to this modification.
  • the reception level comparison unit 14 detects the reception level of the switched antenna (# 36), and compares the reception level (# 37). As a result, if the reception level before the antenna switching is good (YES in # 37), the antenna is switched to the antenna that received the unique word UW1 or UW2 in # 33 (# 21), and the process proceeds to # 8. On the other hand, if the reception level after antenna switching is good (NO in # 37), the antenna is fixed without switching (# 20), and the process proceeds to # 8. In this modification, since the reception level is compared after detecting the unique word UW1 or UW2, it is possible to eliminate the influence of interference waves transmitted from devices other than the corresponding transmission system.
  • FIG. 12 shows a configuration of still another modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the above embodiment.
  • the system of this modification uses a unique word error number comparison unit 15 as one form of the signal quality comparison unit 13 in the system shown in FIG.
  • the unique word error number comparison unit 15 compares the number of errors in the bit string of the radio signal received by each antenna with respect to the bit string of the unique word stored in the unique word setting unit. The number of errors is counted when the multiple unique word detection unit 12 detects a unique word.
  • FIG. 13 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system according to this modification.
  • the unique word error number comparison unit 15 After the bit synchronization is established by the synchronization establishment unit 07 (# 5), when the unique word UW1 or UW2 is detected by the multiple unique word detection unit 12 (YES in # 33), the unique word error number comparison unit 15 The number of unique word errors is detected and the antenna is switched (# 38). If the multiple unique word detection unit 12 cannot detect the unique word UW1 or UW2 (NO in # 33), the process returns to # 2. When the unique word UW1 or UW2 is detected, the unique word error number comparison unit 15 detects the number of errors of the unique word in the switched antenna (# 39). Then, the unique word error number comparison unit 15 compares the number of unique word errors detected before and after the antenna switching (# 40).
  • FIG. 14 shows a configuration of still another modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the above embodiment.
  • the system of this modification uses a reception level comparison unit 14 and a unique word error number comparison unit 15 as one form of the signal quality comparison unit 13 in the system shown in FIG.
  • the reception level comparison unit 14 detects and compares the reception level of each antenna.
  • the reception level of the antenna can be acquired by detecting, for example, RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indication).
  • the unique word error number comparison unit 15 compares the number of errors in the bit string of the radio signal received by each antenna with respect to the bit string of the unique word stored in the unique word setting unit. The number of errors is counted when the multiple unique word detection unit 12 detects a unique word.
  • FIG. 15 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system according to this modification.
  • the 16 shows the relationship between the signal transmitted from the corresponding transmission system, the antenna switched by the antenna switching reception system, and the signal received by each antenna.
  • the reception level comparison unit 14 Detects the reception level of the antenna that detected the unique word.
  • the unique word error number comparison unit 15 detects the number of unique word errors and switches the antenna (# 41). The number of errors detected here is equal to or less than the allowable limit value described in paragraph “0043” because the unique word UW1 or UW2 is detected in # 33.
  • the unique word UW1 is received by the antenna A, the number of errors of the unique word UW1 and the reception level of the antenna A are detected, and the antenna B is switched to. If the multiple unique word detection unit 12 cannot detect the unique word UW1 or UW2 (NO in # 33), the process returns to # 2.
  • the unique word error number comparison unit 15 detects the number of unique word errors in the switched antenna, and the reception level comparison unit 14 detects the reception level of the switched antenna ( # 42).
  • the unique word UW2 is received by the antenna B, and the number of errors of the unique word UW2 and the reception level of the antenna B are detected.
  • the reception level comparison unit 14 determines the reception level. Are compared (# 37). In this case, the number of errors detected at # 41 and # 42 is both equal to or less than the allowable limit value.
  • the comparison of the reception levels as shown in FIG. 16, before the antenna switching, that is, if the reception level of the unique word UW1 is good (YES in # 37), the antenna is switched to the antenna that received the unique word UW1 (# 21). ), Move to # 8.
  • the unique word UW2 is fixed to the received antenna B (# 20), and the process proceeds to # 8.
  • the unique word UW2 is first detected in # 33, the number of errors and the reception level of the unique word UW3 are detected after antenna switching (# 41) (# 42). Further, when the unique word UW3 or UW4 is detected first, antenna switching is not performed (not shown in FIG. 15). By comparing the number of errors detected in # 41 and # 42, the probability that an antenna with high signal quality can be determined is not 100%, but it can be expected at a certain level of practically no problem.
  • the same bit string received by antenna B with respect to the number of errors in the bit string of the unique word received by antenna A There is a probability that the number of errors is small. However, if the probability is low enough not to be a problem, if the number of errors is different, select an antenna with a small number of errors and select an antenna by comparing the reception level only when the number of errors is the same. You can also. In this modification, the level of the radio signal received by a plurality of antennas and the number of errors in the bit string of the radio signal received by each antenna are compared, and the payload is received while being fixed to the optimum antenna.
  • the correct antenna can be selected by comparing the reception levels. Even when the number of errors in the bit string of the radio signal received by each antenna is equal, the correct antenna can be selected by comparing the reception levels. In addition to the comparison of the reception level, the number of errors in the bit string of the unique word Since the antenna selection is also performed in combination with the detection result, it is possible to prevent erroneous antenna selection due to the influence of the interference wave from the transmission system other than the communication partner. (Modification) FIG.
  • FIG. 17 shows a configuration of still another modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the above embodiment.
  • a preamble / unique word error number comparison unit 16 is applied as one form of the signal quality comparison unit 13 in the system shown in FIG.
  • the preamble / unique word error number comparison unit 16 compares the number of errors in the bit string of the radio signal received by each antenna with respect to the bit string of the preamble and the unique word. The number of errors is detected after the multiple unique word detection unit 12 detects a unique word and switches antennas.
  • FIG. 18 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system according to this modification.
  • the antenna is switched (# 35). Then, the preamble / unique word error number comparison unit 16 detects the number of errors including not only the next unique word but also the preamble immediately before the unique word (# 44). In FIG. 19, after the unique word UW1 is detected by the antenna A, the antenna is switched, and the number of errors in the preamble and the unique word UW2 is detected by the antenna B.
  • the antenna is further switched (# 45), and the preamble / unique word error number comparison unit 16 detects the number of errors of the next preamble and unique word (# 46) as in # 44.
  • the preamble / unique word error number comparison unit 16 compares the number of preamble and unique word errors detected before and after antenna switching (# 47), and selects the antenna that receives the payload (# 20, # 21). .
  • the number of preamble and unique word errors received by the antenna A is small, and the payload is received by being fixed to the antenna A. In the example shown in FIG.
  • the unique word UW2 and the unique word UW3 are compared with each other including a pair of preambles for the following reason. That is, since the preamble that is paired with the unique word UW1 is not established in bit synchronization, it cannot be distinguished from “0” or “1” and cannot be used for comparison of the number of errors.
  • the unique word UW1 cannot be detected and the unique word UW2 is detected, the error numbers of the unique word UW3 and the unique word UW4 are compared with each other including the pair of preambles.
  • antenna switching is not performed. In FIG.
  • the number of errors in the preamble and the unique word UW2 is subsequently detected, and after switching to the antenna B, the number of errors in the preamble and the unique word UW3 is detected. May be.
  • the number of errors in the bit sequence of the radio signal received by each antenna with respect to the known bit sequence of the preamble and unique word is compared, and the payload with the smallest number of errors is selected and fixed. For this reason, the number of bits used for antenna selection increases, and the accuracy of antenna selection determination can be further improved.
  • FIG. 20 shows a configuration of still another modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the above embodiment.
  • the system of this modification uses a unique word error number comparison unit 15 as one form of the signal quality comparison unit 13 in the system shown in FIG.
  • a first counter 17 is further provided.
  • the first counter 17 has a first predetermined time corresponding to the reception interval of the unique words at both ends of the preamble (after detecting a unique word in one packet, until the beginning of the next unique word is received). Time).
  • FIG. 3 FIG.
  • FIG. 21 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system according to this modification.
  • the unique word error number comparison unit 15 detects the number of unique word errors and switches the antenna (# 38).
  • the first counter 17 starts and continues counting (NO in # 48, # 49, and # 50), and counts the first predetermined time corresponding to the preamble transmission time (YES in # 50). Is considered to have started receiving unique words. Accordingly, the plural unique word detection unit 12 detects a unique word, and the unique word error number comparison unit 15 detects the number of errors of the unique word (# 51). If the number of errors after antenna switching is small (NO in # 40), the antenna is switched to the antenna after switching (# 20), and the process proceeds to # 8. If the number of errors before antenna switching is small (YES in # 40), the antenna is switched again (# 21), and the process proceeds to # 8.
  • the first counter 17 counts from the timing when the unique word is detected by one antenna to the timing when the unique word for comparison is detected by the other antenna. Then, the unique word error number comparison unit 15 regards the bit string starting from that timing as the bit string of the next unique word and detects the error number of the unique word.
  • the reception level of the other antenna is low, or due to the influence of sudden noise, etc., bit synchronization cannot be established in the next preamble, or the unique word is at the same level as the noise. Even in this case, the unique word is detected from the signal received by the other antenna, and the number of errors can be detected.
  • FIG. 22 shows a configuration of still another modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the above embodiment.
  • the system of this modification uses a unique word error number comparison unit 15 as one form of the signal quality comparison unit 13 in the system shown in FIG. Further, in this modification, a second counter 18 is further provided.
  • the second counter 18 counts the second predetermined time after switching the antenna.
  • the second predetermined time counted by the second counter 18 is a time required for at least the transmission system corresponding to the transmission of the bit string constituting the unique word.
  • FIG. 23 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system according to this modification.
  • FIG. 24 shows the relationship between the signal transmitted from the corresponding transmission system, the antenna switched by the antenna switching reception system, and the signal received by each antenna in the configuration without the second counter 18 of the present modification. Indicates.
  • FIG. 23 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system according to this modification.
  • FIG. 24 shows the relationship between the signal transmitted from the corresponding transmission system, the antenna switched by the antenna switching reception system, and the signal received by each antenna in the configuration without the second counter 18 of the present modification. Indicates.
  • FIG. 25 shows the relationship between the signal transmitted from the corresponding transmission system, the antenna switched by the antenna switching reception system, and the signal received by each antenna in the configuration having the second counter 18 of the present modification. Show.
  • the receiving antenna is switched from the antenna A having good reception state to the antenna B being affected by fading at the timing T1 of the remaining several bits (for example, 1 bit) of the unique word UW1.
  • the reception state of the antenna A is good before the timing T1, and the number of errors of the unique word UW1 is less than the allowable limit value described above.
  • the unique word detection unit 09 determines that the unique word UW1 has been detected from the signal received by the antenna B that has received the “tail” of the unique word UW1. After that, the unique word UW2 is detected after switching to the antenna A at T2, but if an error of several bits or more occurs in this process, the antenna control unit 10 uses the antenna as an antenna for receiving the payload. B will be selected by mistake. However, since the antenna B is affected by fading as described above, an error occurs in receiving the payload.
  • the occurrence of the above problem is also caused by the unique word detection unit 09 determining that the unique word has been received by the antenna that has received the “tail” of a unique word.
  • the unique word detection unit 09 determines that the unique word has been received by the antenna that has received the "head” of a unique word, the same problem occurs depending on the antenna switching timing. Therefore, in this modification, after switching the antenna, until the second counter 18 counts a predetermined time, the unique word is not detected (the unique word detection result is invalidated), thereby Prevent the occurrence of defects. That is, in FIG. 23, when the antenna is switched in # 1, after resetting the second counter (# 52), the process proceeds to # 2 while starting / continuing counting (# 53) and receives a radio signal.
  • the process returns to # 1, switches the antenna, and repeats the loops # 1 to # 53.
  • the unique word UW4 is detected and the payload is received (# 8).
  • the predetermined cycle in # 53-3 is the same as the predetermined cycle in # 1, and is a cycle twice the preamble and unique word transmission cycle.
  • the second counter 18 is set to the second predetermined time. Until the word is counted, the unique word is not detected. Thereby, since the unique word UW1 is not detected by the antenna B, the problem shown in FIG.
  • the unique words UW2 and UW3 are not detected by the antenna B affected by fading. Then, during the reception of the unique word UW3, when a predetermined period of switching antenna # 53 # 3 arrives and the antenna is switched, the unique word UW4 is detected by the antenna A, and the payload can be received. In this modification, after the antenna is switched, the unique word is not detected until the second predetermined time corresponding to the time required for transmitting the bit string constituting the unique word is counted by the second counter 18. It is configured.
  • FIG. 26 shows a configuration of a modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the embodiment.
  • the system of this modification further includes a packet end detection unit 19 with respect to the system shown in FIG.
  • the packet end detection unit 19 detects the end of the packet.
  • the end of the packet can be known, for example, by detecting a packet end signal attached to the end of the payload.
  • FIG. 27 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system according to this modification.
  • the reception of the payload is started in # 8
  • the reception of the payload is continued until the packet end is detected (NO in # 54).
  • the process returns to # 1, and the antenna control unit 10 automatically returns to the control for switching the antenna at a predetermined period, and receives the next packet.
  • the process automatically switches to periodic antenna switching and returns to the search for a unique word.
  • FIG. 28 shows a configuration of a modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the above embodiment.
  • the system of this modification further includes a unique word error number comparison unit 15 and a third counter 20 with respect to the system shown in FIG.
  • the third counter 20 counts the third predetermined time after detecting the last unique word (immediately before the payload) in the packet being received by the multiple unique word detector 12. Since the data included in the payload is arbitrary, it is rare that the bit string of the payload matches the bit string of the unique word.
  • FIG. 29 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system according to this modification.
  • the multiple unique word detector 12 detects the last unique word (YES in # 55)
  • the third counter 20 starts counting (# 55-2). Then, after passing through # 7 and # 8, no unique word is detected during the counting of the third counter 20 (NO loop in # 55, # 7, # 8, and # 56).
  • the third counter 20 stops counting, resets the count value, and returns to # 1.
  • 30 and 31 show the relationship between the packet received according to this modification and the third predetermined time.
  • 30 shows regular communication
  • FIG. 31 shows non-periodic communication.
  • the third predetermined time is a time from when a unique word of a packet is received to immediately before the next packet is received.
  • the packet reception interval is unknown in the non-periodic communication shown in FIG. 31, after receiving a unique word of a packet, the time during which the payload in the packet is received can be set as the third predetermined time. .
  • the time corresponding to the data length is set as the third predetermined time.
  • the above-described packet end detection unit 19 may detect the packet end signal instead of the third counter 20 counting the third predetermined time.
  • the multiple unique word detection unit 12 detects any specific unique word instead of detecting the last unique word, and counts a third predetermined time including the time from there to the beginning of the payload in the packet. It may be a configuration. In the present modification, since the unique word is not detected for the third predetermined time after the unique word is detected, it is possible to avoid erroneously detecting the bit string in the payload as the unique word. Is possible.
  • FIG. 32 shows a configuration of a modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the embodiment.
  • the system of this modification further includes a reception level detection unit 21 with respect to the system shown in FIG.
  • the reception level detection unit 21 detects the level of the radio signal received via any one of the antennas.
  • the reception system has two operation modes: a “low consumption mode” and a normal “diversity reception mode”.
  • the antenna switching unit 03, the RF unit 04, the antenna control unit 10, and the reception level detection unit 21 operate in the same manner as in the normal “diversity reception mode”, and other blocks sleep with low power consumption. Wait in state.
  • the reception level detection unit 21 detects a signal level equal to or higher than a predetermined first threshold
  • the reception system shifts to a normal “diversity reception mode”.
  • the reception level detection unit 21 does not detect a signal level equal to or higher than a predetermined threshold for a predetermined period, the mode shifts to the “low consumption mode”.
  • FIG. 33 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system according to this modification.
  • FIG. 34 shows the relationship between received packets and operation mode switching.
  • a control signal for antenna switching is output from the antenna control unit 10 to the antenna switching unit 03, and the antenna is set to a predetermined level. The cycle is switched (# 1).
  • the antenna is fixed during standby in “low-consumption mode”, if it is affected by fading, the reception level at that antenna may be kept low, and it may not be possible to switch to “diversity reception mode”. There is. Therefore, in the present modification, the antenna is switched at a predetermined cycle even when operating in the low consumption mode so that it is not affected even if fading occurs during standby in the “low consumption mode” (see FIG. 34). ). If the reception level detection unit 21 detects a signal level equal to or higher than the predetermined first threshold shown in FIG. 34 during operation in the “low consumption mode” (YES in # 59), the reception system is in the normal “diversity reception mode”. , And the operations after # 3 are executed.
  • FIG. 35 shows a configuration of a modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the above embodiment.
  • the system of this modified example further includes a selected antenna storage unit 22 and a notification unit 23 with respect to the system shown in FIG.
  • the selected antenna storage unit 22 stores the antenna selected by the antenna control unit 10 when receiving the payload.
  • the notification unit 23 notifies the user (including the administrator of the reception system) of information related to the antenna using voice or light.
  • FIG. 36 shows the relationship between a packet received according to this modification and the antenna selected when the packet is received.
  • information related to the antenna (antenna A in FIG. 36) selected by the antenna control unit 10 when receiving the payload of the packet is stored in the selected antenna storage unit 22.
  • the notification unit 23 refers to the selected antenna storage unit 22 and notifies the user to that effect when any one of the antennas is selected continuously for a predetermined number of times or more. In the case shown in FIG. 36, notification that the antenna A is continuously selected is made. Further, the notification may be made that only one antenna is continuously selected without specifying the selected antenna.
  • FIG. 37 shows a configuration of a modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the embodiment.
  • the system of this modification further includes a reception level notification unit 24 and a diversity on / off switching unit (switching function setting unit) 24, compared to the system shown in FIG.
  • the reception level notification unit 24 detects the level of the received radio signal and notifies the user using voice or light.
  • This notification may be performed as necessary, or may be performed in response to a request from the user.
  • Diversity on / off switching unit 24 2 is provided for the user to manually set the antenna switching function on (valid) / off (invalid).
  • the user can manually set the diversity, that is, the validity / invalidity of the antenna switching function by checking the notification output from the reception level notification unit 24 and operating the diversity on / off switching unit 2 2 as necessary.
  • FIG. 38 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system according to this modification. First, the reception level notifying unit 24 detects the level of the received radio signal and notifies the user using voice or light (# 60).
  • FIG. 39 shows a configuration of a packet transmitted from a corresponding transmission system when the antenna switching function is enabled and disabled. When the antenna switching function is enabled, a unique word twice as many as the number of antennas and a pair of preambles are attached and transmitted.
  • the transmission function is added to the reception system, and the reception function is added to the corresponding transmission system, so that the transmission system can be notified and recognized of the validity / invalidity of the antenna switching function.
  • the reception level notification unit 24 since the reception level notification unit 24 is provided, the user can monitor the reception level from the outside of the reception system and can manually set the validity / invalidity of the antenna switching function. For this reason, for example, in a communication environment where the reception level is sufficiently high, the antenna switching function can be disabled and power consumption can be reduced.
  • the transmission system attaches a single preamble and unique word to each packet as shown in FIG. Just send it. Therefore, the number of buckets that can be transmitted per unit time is increased, and the transmission efficiency can be improved. This also shortens the reception time by the reception system, which can contribute to further lower power consumption of the reception system.
  • the notification that the antenna switching function is invalidated is realized by a configuration corresponding to, for example, a radio device 100 and a radio device 200 described later.
  • FIG. 40 shows a configuration of a modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the embodiment.
  • the system according to this modification further includes a reception level detection unit 21 and a diversity on / off control unit (switching function control unit) 25 with respect to the system shown in FIG.
  • the reception level detection unit 21 detects the level of the radio signal received via any one of the antennas, similar to that shown in FIG.
  • the diversity on / off control unit 25 automatically disables the antenna switching function based on the reception level detected by the reception level detection unit 21. That is, when the reception level detection unit 21 detects a signal level that is sufficient to receive a radio signal without switching the antenna and is equal to or higher than a predetermined second threshold, the diversity on / off control unit 25 has an antenna switching function. Is automatically disabled.
  • FIG. 41 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system according to this modification. While switching the antennas A and B at a predetermined period (# 1), a radio signal transmitted from the transmission system is received (# 2), and the reception level detection unit 21 detects the level of the received radio signal.
  • the transmission system When a signal level equal to or higher than the second threshold is detected (YES in # 62), the transmission system is notified that the antenna switching function is invalidated until the next packet is received (# 63). It is automatically disabled (# 64), and the next packet is received with the antenna fixed (# 65). As shown in FIG. 39, the transmission system that has received the notification transmits a single preamble and a unique word UW attached to each packet to increase transmission efficiency. On the other hand, when a signal level equal to or higher than the second threshold is not detected, the process proceeds to # 3 and after while the antenna switching function is maintained effectively. In the above description, only level detection is performed.
  • level detection may be performed after UW is detected or after it is determined that a signal is to be received, thereby improving the reliability during level detection.
  • the reception level detection unit 21 detects a signal level that is sufficient to receive a radio signal without switching the antenna
  • the diversity level on / off control unit 25 Disable the switching function automatically.
  • the corresponding transmission system may transmit a single preamble and a unique word UW attached to each packet. Therefore, transmission efficiency can be improved.
  • the switching function control unit enables the antenna switching function. You may comprise so that it may become. In this case, even when a change occurs in the communication environment due to an obstacle or a change in the layout of the transmission system or the reception system, the antenna switching function automatically returns to an effective state, so that it can be handled. Furthermore, when the payload is successfully received, it can be modified to transmit an ACK to that effect to the corresponding transmission system. In this case, if the transmission system cannot receive the ACK continuously for a predetermined time, it can know that the reception system has failed to receive the payload. At this time, as shown in FIG.
  • the transmission system when the transmission system shortens the data length by using a single preamble and unique word UW, it transmits a preamble and unique word UW twice the number of antennas. Switch.
  • the reception system can automatically and effectively function the antenna switching function, and the occurrence of a reception error due to deterioration of the reception level due to multipath fading can be restored again to an avoidable state. It becomes like this.
  • the transmission of ACK is realized by, for example, a configuration corresponding to a radio device 100 and a radio device 200 described later. (Modification) Further, in the modification example of the antenna switching reception system shown in FIG. 37 or FIG. 40, even when the antenna switching function is disabled, the antenna switching function is periodically switched to be enabled effectively. Also good.
  • the reception system performs reception by periodically enabling the antenna switching function every predetermined period, and otherwise, the receiving system is fixed to the antenna selected by the most recent antenna switching operation.
  • Receive In the figure, after fixing to one of the antennas in the packet 1, the antenna switching function is disabled and the antenna is fixed until the reception of the packet P is completed, and the antenna is received before receiving the preamble of the next packet P + 1. Enable the switching function. By repeating this operation, it is possible to reduce power consumption compared to the case where the antenna switching function is always used, and the antenna is periodically selected by periodic diversity communication. It becomes possible to follow.
  • FIG. 44 shows an outline of a wireless communication system constructed by applying the antenna switching reception system of the present invention.
  • FIG. 45 shows a relationship between an antenna switched by a radio device in which an antenna switching reception system is mounted and a signal received and transmitted by each antenna in a wireless communication system.
  • the wireless communication system includes a wireless device 100, a wireless device (wireless communication device) 200, and the like.
  • the radio device 100 is built in, for example, a monitor device.
  • the radio device 200 is built in, for example, a switchboard.
  • the antenna switching reception system of the present invention is mounted together with two antennas A and B.
  • the corresponding transmission system is wireless with one antenna It is mounted on the container 100. Since the wireless device 100 and the wireless device 200 perform bidirectional communication, a transmission system and a reception system are mounted, respectively.
  • Communication between the two is started by transmitting a wireless signal from the wireless device 100 to the wireless device 200, and the wireless signal is returned from the wireless device 200 to the wireless device 100.
  • the radio device 200 selects an antenna suitable for the communication environment by the switching diversity function using the two antennas A and B, and receives the payload of the radio signal.
  • the antenna selected at the time of reception of the immediately preceding (last) payload is used. For example, in FIG. 45, a radio signal is transmitted from the radio device 200 to the radio device 100 using the antenna A that was selected when the payload was received.
  • the radio device 100 that receives this radio signal is not provided with a diversity function.
  • the radio device 200 by effectively utilizing the diversity function provided in the radio device 200, a communication environment between the radio device 100 and the radio device 200 is obtained. It is possible to receive a high-quality wireless signal that matches the above.
  • an antenna that has received a larger number of packet payloads may be selected statistically during a past specific or unspecified period.
  • the antenna selected at the time of reception is used for the reply after receiving by making use of the diversity function provided in the radio device 200.
  • Diversity effects can be obtained. Further, when transmitting using the diversity function provided in the wireless device 200, it is necessary to transmit the number of times corresponding to the number of antennas. However, according to the construction example of this communication system, since the antenna to be used for transmission has already been determined, it is only necessary to transmit once using that antenna. Therefore, the transmission time can be shortened and the power consumption of the wireless device 200 can be reduced.
  • the present invention is not limited to the configuration of the above embodiment. It is only necessary to compare the quality of the received radio signal while switching the antenna at least at a predetermined cycle and select an antenna that receives the payload. The present invention can be variously modified.
  • the antenna switching reception system is not limited to the switchboard, and can be widely applied to various electrical appliances such as a lighting control switch having a wireless communication function.
  • the antenna switching reception system may be constructed by appropriately combining the configurations of the respective modifications.
  • the reception level comparison unit 14 shown in FIG. 14 is further provided to compare the radio signal level and the number of errors in the bit string, and fix the payload to the optimum antenna. You may comprise so that it may receive.
  • the reception level comparison unit 14 may be provided instead of the unique word error number comparison unit 15 to compare the radio signal levels, and fix the antenna to an optimum antenna to receive the payload.
  • FIG. 46 shows a schematic configuration of the antenna switching reception system.
  • the antenna switching reception system 110 includes an antenna unit 111 having two antennas, an antenna switching unit 112, an antenna switching timing detection unit 113, an antenna switching determination unit 114, and the like.
  • the antenna switching unit 112 switches from two antennas to one of the antennas.
  • the antenna switching timing detection unit 113 detects the timing at which the antenna switching unit 112 switches antennas, for example, by detecting a signal of a predetermined level or higher.
  • the antenna switching determination unit 114 selects the antenna that receives the payload signal based on the RSSI (Received Signal Strength) of the signal received by any one of the antennas via the antenna switching unit 112, and sends a control signal to that effect. Output to the antenna switching unit 112.
  • RSSI Receiveived Signal Strength
  • FIG. 47 shows signals received using two antennas, that is, antenna A and antenna B, in antenna switching reception system 110, and the operation of antenna switching reception system 110 when these signals are received. In particular, an example in which the antenna A is initially selected and the test 1 signal is received by the antenna A is shown.
  • FIG. 48 is a flowchart showing the operation of the antenna switching reception system 110 of FIG.
  • the signal shown in FIG. 47 is transmitted from a transmission system corresponding to the antenna switching reception system 110 of the present embodiment. At least a test 1 signal, a test 2 signal, and a payload signal are transmitted from the transmission system. One frame is composed of the test 1 signal, the test 2 signal, and the payload signal. A unique word signal (not shown) for frame synchronization is transmitted before the payload signal.
  • the test 1 signal and test 2 signal are used to select the antenna that receives the payload signal.
  • the test 1 signal is received by the initially selected antenna, and the test 2 signal is received by the switched antenna. This test signal is added as appropriate according to the number of antennas switched by the antenna switching unit 112.
  • the payload signal includes, for example, various data such as a header, video, audio, air temperature, a known signal sequence for the equalizer to estimate the multipath environment, or various control signals.
  • the operation of the antenna switching reception system 110 according to the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • the antenna switching receiving system 110 is initially waiting (# 101).
  • the antenna unit 111 of the antenna switching reception system 110 receives the signal (# 102) and the antenna switching timing detection unit 113 detects the antenna switching timing (YES in # 103), the antenna switching determination unit 114 detects the antenna A.
  • the reception level is detected (# 104).
  • the detection of the reception level is not limited to that based on RSSI, but may be based on the amplification factor when the received signal is amplified by the automatic gain control circuit.
  • the antenna switching determination unit 114 switches to the antenna B (# 105) and detects the reception level of the antenna B (# 106). The antenna switching is performed based on the antenna switching timing detected by the antenna switching timing detection unit 113. Thereafter, the antenna switching determination unit 114 compares the reception level of the antenna A with the reception level of the antenna B (# 107). When the reception level of antenna A is higher (YES in # 108), antenna switching determination unit 114 selects antenna A as an antenna for receiving the payload signal.
  • the antenna switching determination unit 114 outputs a control signal for switching to the antenna A to the antenna switching unit 112 (# 109), and receives a payload signal by the antenna A (# 110).
  • the example shown in FIG. 47 corresponds to this case.
  • antenna B is selected as the antenna for receiving the payload signal. That is, the antenna switching determination unit 114 receives the payload signal by the antenna B while being fixed to the antenna B (# 111).
  • the reception level of antenna A is the same as the reception level of antenna B, the payload signal is received by antenna B that last received the test signal (# 111).
  • the antenna selection may be made not by comparing the reception level but by indicating signal quality such as the number of bit errors.
  • this antenna switching reception system 110 before receiving the payload signal, the antenna that receives the test signal and receives the payload signal is selected by each antenna, and therefore the influence of level fluctuations due to multipath fading with a simple configuration Can be reduced. Thereby, even in a multipath environment, it is possible to avoid the occurrence of errors due to reception level deterioration due to multipath fading. Further, near real-time transmission can be realized by reducing the number of retransmissions. Further, when retransmission is unnecessary, it is possible to eliminate the retransmission function and contribute to cost reduction and size reduction. (Modification) FIG.
  • the transmission system transmits an antenna switching timing detection signal composed of a specific sequence of signal strings before the test 1 signal.
  • the antenna switching timing detection signal is a signal for detecting a reference timing for switching the antenna to be used to the antenna A or the antenna B when receiving the test 1 signal and the test 2 signal.
  • the antenna switching timing detection signal may be transmitted at a transmission rate lower than the transmission rate of the payload signal, and may include a bit synchronization preamble before that.
  • the correlation value calculation unit (storage unit) 115 stores a signal sequence (reference signal) in the same sequence as the antenna switching timing detection signal transmitted from the transmission system.
  • the signal sequence include a random signal such as 01100101011000101..., A bit sequence far from the sequence of fixed bit sequences in the payload, an M sequence having excellent correlation characteristics, and a similar signal sequence.
  • the correlation value calculation unit 115 calculates a correlation value between the stored signal sequence and the signal sequence of the received antenna switching timing detection signal. In this modification, the antenna switching timing detection signal is detected based on the correlation value calculated by the correlation value calculation unit 115.
  • FIG. 50 shows a signal received using the antenna A and the antenna B in the antenna switching reception system 110 of the present modification, and an operation of the antenna switching reception system 110 when receiving this signal.
  • FIG. 51 is a flowchart showing the operation of the antenna switching reception system 110 of this modification.
  • # 112 is executed instead of the process of # 103 shown in FIG.
  • An antenna switching timing detection signal, a test 1 signal, a test 2 signal, and a payload signal are transmitted from the transmission system.
  • the antenna switching timing detection signal is transmitted at a lower transmission rate than other signals.
  • a signal received via any one of the antennas is compared with a reference signal stored by the correlation value calculation unit 115 while shifting by one sample (1 bit in this modification), and the degree of coincidence is sequentially digitized.
  • a correlation value is calculated. If the degree of coincidence is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold, it is determined that an antenna switching timing detection signal has been detected (YES in # 112), and antenna switching determination unit 114 detects the reception level of antenna A (# 104).
  • the subsequent processing is the same as that shown in FIG. According to this antenna switching reception system 110, the antenna switching timing is detected by correlation value detection, so that the antenna switching timing detection signal and the noise can be more clearly distinguished, and the resistance to noise is enhanced. Is possible.
  • antenna switching can be determined at any location simply by inserting the signal sequence of the antenna switching timing detection signal at the location where antenna switching is desired, the degree of freedom in frame configuration can be increased.
  • the antenna switching timing detection signal transmitted at a lower transmission rate than the payload signal is received, the influence of intersymbol interference due to multipath is avoided and the signal energy per bit increases. High sensitivity. Therefore, even when an antenna affected by reception level deterioration caused by communication environment deterioration such as multipath fading is selected, the antenna switching timing detection signal can be detected without fail. Therefore, even when an antenna affected by reception level deterioration due to deterioration of the communication environment such as multipath fading is selected, an antenna for receiving a payload signal can be selected accurately. .
  • FIG. 52A shows an example of a signal (modulated signal) transmitted as an antenna switching timing detection signal of still another modified example of the antenna switching reception system 110.
  • FIG. 52B shows an example of a demodulated signal whose level is adjusted, and
  • FIG. 52C shows an example of a demodulated signal in a saturated state where level adjustment is not performed.
  • Signals received and demodulated via the antenna unit 111 and the antenna switching unit 112 are level-adjusted by an automatic gain control unit (not shown) and then input to the correlation value calculation unit 115.
  • an automatic gain control unit (not shown)
  • the demodulated signal level after gain control by the automatic gain control unit may be small as shown in FIG.
  • the present modification is configured such that, for example, the transmission signal is a binary signal such as BPSK, thereby eliminating the need for gain control and allowing demodulation and detection even in a saturated state.
  • the transmission signal is a binary signal such as BPSK
  • FIG. 53 shows a schematic configuration of still another modified example of the antenna switching reception system 110 of the second embodiment.
  • This antenna switching reception system 110 is configured by adding a counter unit 116 to the antenna switching reception system 110 of FIG.
  • the counter unit 116 counts the time from a specific antenna switching reference timing to the next antenna switching reference timing.
  • the next antenna switching timing reference is detected based on the count value of the counter unit 116.
  • 54 and 55 illustrate signals (frames) received using the antenna A and the antenna B and the operation of the counter unit 116 in the antenna switching reception system 110 according to the present modification.
  • FIG. 54 shows a case where a frame is received at a constant cycle without an error
  • FIG. 55 shows a case where a frame is not received at a constant cycle with an error.
  • FIG. 56 is a flowchart showing an operation (particularly, an operation corresponding to FIG. 55) of the antenna switching reception system 110 of the present modification.
  • # 113, # 113-1, # 114, and # 114-1 are executed in place of the process of # 103 shown in FIG.
  • the counter unit 116 starts counting from when the antenna switching timing detection unit 113 first detects an antenna switching timing detection signal. And it counts to the count value N corresponding to the timing used as the reference
  • the start of counting by the counter unit 116 may be a timing determined within each frame, or may be a timing at which synchronization is established by detection of a unique word signal for frame synchronization after the test 2 signal. . In FIG.
  • the timing at which the antenna switching timing detection unit 113 detects the antenna switching timing detection signal in the next frame matches the timing at which the counter unit 116 counts the count value N. Can be made. Therefore, when the counter unit 116 counts the count value N, it can be considered that the antenna switching timing detection signal has been detected. This eliminates the need for the antenna switching timing detection signal from the next frame onward, thereby improving the transmission efficiency of the payload signal.
  • the operation in FIG. 54 corresponds to the operation in which the process of # 114 in FIG. 56 is omitted and the process proceeds to # 104. On the other hand, in FIG.
  • the antenna switching timing detection unit 113 detects an antenna switching timing detection signal in the next frame while the counter unit 116 uses the count value as an auxiliary. . That is, a timing that is an approximate reference for antenna switching is detected based on the count value of the counter unit 116, and the antenna switching timing detection unit 113 is operated for a predetermined time before and after that. 55 and 56, for example, after the counter unit 116 has counted up to N-4 (YES in # 113), the antenna switching timing detection unit 113 is operated for a predetermined time, and the antenna switching timing detection signal is detected. Is detected (# 114).
  • the detection accuracy of the antenna switching timing detection signal can be improved by supplementarily using the count value of the counter unit 116.
  • the antenna switching timing detection signal associated with the calculation of the correlation value is compared with the case where the antenna switching timing detection signal is always detected. The probability of erroneous detection due to noise or the like can be reduced. If the antenna switching timing detection signal can be detected in # 114 (YES in # 114), the count value of the counter unit 116 is reset (# 114-1) and the process proceeds to # 104. If NO (NO in # 114), the process returns to # 101. (Modification) FIG.
  • FIG. 57 shows a schematic configuration of still another modified example of the antenna switching reception system 110 of the second embodiment.
  • This antenna switching reception system 110 is configured by adding an antenna periodic switching control unit 117 to the antenna switching reception system 110 of FIG.
  • the antenna periodic switching control unit 117 switches the antennas every predetermined period having a period equal to or longer than the length of the antenna switching timing detection signal. Accordingly, the antenna switching timing detection signal is transmitted over a plurality of times at least twice the number of antennas in one frame.
  • FIG. 58 shows a signal received using the antenna A and the antenna B in the antenna switching reception system 110 of this modification, and an operation of the antenna switching reception system 110 when receiving this signal. In particular, a case is shown in which the antenna is switched every cycle that is twice the length of the antenna switching timing detection signal.
  • the frame transmitted from the transmission system includes antenna switching timing detection signals 1 to 4.
  • the antenna switching timing detection signals 1 to 4 are configured by different specific signal sequences. Since the antenna switching reception system 110 switches antennas regardless of the timing at which frames are transmitted from the transmission system, various patterns can be considered as to which signal is received by which antenna. For example, the antenna switching timing detection signal is received at the reception timing of the three patterns shown in FIG. In the reception timing example 1, when the antenna switching timing detection signal 1 cannot be detected due to degradation of the reception level or noise, the antenna switching timing detection signal 2 is continuously received.
  • the antenna switching timing detection signal 2 is not detected.
  • the antenna is switched at a cycle that is twice the length of the antenna switching timing detection signal, so that the antenna is not switched during reception of the next antenna switching timing detection signal 3. Therefore, the antenna switching timing detection signal 3 can be detected by the antenna B.
  • the antenna switching timing detection signal 1 is not detected because the antenna A is switched to the antenna B during reception of the antenna switching timing detection signal 1.
  • the antenna switching timing detection signal 2 cannot be detected during reception of the antenna switching timing detection signal 2 due to reception level deterioration or noise, the antenna switching timing detection signal 3 is continuously received.
  • the antenna switching timing detection signal 3 is not detected.
  • the antenna is switched at a cycle that is twice the length of the antenna switching timing detection signal, so that the antenna is not switched during reception of the next antenna switching timing detection signal 4. Therefore, the antenna switching timing detection signal 4 can be detected by the antenna A.
  • Reception timing example 3 shows a case where the timing for starting reception of the antenna switching timing detection signal matches the timing for switching the antenna. In this case, when the antenna switching timing detection signals 1 and 2 cannot be detected by the antenna B due to reception level degradation, noise, or the like, the antenna switching timing detection signal 3 is detected by switching to the antenna A.
  • the antenna periodic switching control unit 117 periodically switches the antenna (# 115), and the antenna switching timing detection unit 113 detects the antenna switching timing detection signal (in # 116). YES). Since the antenna switching timing detection signals are composed of different specific signal sequences, the antenna switching timing detection unit 113 specifies which antenna switching timing detection signal the detected antenna switching timing detection signal is. it can. Then, the periodic antenna switching control unit 117 counts the time until the test 1 signal is received according to the antenna switching timing detection signal detected by the antenna switching timing detection unit 113 (# 117). For example, in the case of the reception timing examples 1 and 3 in FIG. 58, the antenna regular switching control unit 117 counts the time corresponding to the antenna switching timing detection signal 4.
  • the antenna switching timing detection signal 1 If the antenna switching timing detection signal 1 is detected, the time corresponding to the antenna switching timing detection signals 2 to 4 is counted. Since it is sufficient that one of the antenna switching timing detection signals is detected, the antenna switching timing detection function by the antenna switching timing detection unit 113 is stopped during the counting by the antenna periodic switching control unit 117. (# 118). Thereafter, when the count by the antenna periodic switching control unit 117 is completed, the process proceeds to # 104. Since it is the same as that of FIG. 48 after this, description is abbreviate
  • this antenna switching reception system 110 a signal for antenna switching timing detection is received a plurality of times, and the antenna switching timing can be detected by any of the antennas by switching the antennas at predetermined intervals.
  • FIG. 60 shows a schematic configuration of still another modified example of the antenna switching reception system 110 of the second embodiment.
  • This antenna switching reception system 110 is configured by adding an antenna switching timing detection on / off control unit (antenna switching timing detection on / off control unit) 118 to the antenna switching reception system 110 of FIG.
  • the antenna switching timing detection on / off control unit 118 controls the antenna switching timing detection unit 113 not to detect the antenna switching timing detection signal for a predetermined period after detecting the antenna switching timing detection signal.
  • FIG. 61 shows a signal received using the antenna A and the antenna B in the antenna switching reception system 110 of the present modification, and an operation of the antenna switching reception system 110 when receiving this signal.
  • FIG. 62 is a flowchart showing the operation of the antenna switching reception system 110 of this modification.
  • # 119 between the processes of # 102 and # 103 shown in FIG. 48
  • # 120 between the processes of # 103 and # 104
  • # 121 after the processes of # 110 and # 111
  • the process of # 122 is executed.
  • the antenna unit 111 receives a signal (# 102)
  • the signal output from the antenna switching timing detection on / off control unit 118 is on (YES in # 119)
  • the process proceeds to # 103.
  • antenna switching timing detector 113 detects the antenna switching timing (YES in # 103)
  • the signal output from antenna switching timing detection on / off controller 118 is turned off (# 120).
  • the antenna switching timing detection function is turned off.
  • the processes of # 104 to # 110 or # 111 are executed in the same manner as in FIG. 48, and the payload signal is received by one of the antennas (YES in # 121), and then output from the antenna switching timing detection on / off control unit 118.
  • the process returns to # 101. If the signal output from the antenna switching timing detection on / off control unit 118 is not on (NO in # 119), the process returns to # 101.
  • this antenna switching reception system 110 After the antenna switching timing is detected, the antenna switching timing is not detected during a predetermined period including the reception time of the payload signal. As a result, it is possible to suppress erroneous detection of the antenna switching timing with respect to a payload signal or noise that becomes a random signal. Therefore, it is possible to prevent an error associated with switching the antenna during reception of the payload signal (because a physical switching time is required for switching the antenna and the payload cannot be received during that time). In addition, when only one of the antennas can be received, it is possible to prevent occurrence of a reception error due to unnecessary antenna switching.
  • a predetermined period during which the antenna switching timing is not detected a period from when the reception of the payload signal of the current frame is completed to immediately before the reception of the antenna switching timing detection signal of the next frame may be set. In this case, erroneous detection of the antenna switching timing with respect to noise after the completion of reception of the payload signal of the current frame can also be suppressed.
  • the detection function of the antenna switching timing detection signal is stopped for a predetermined period.
  • the antenna switching timing detection signal may not be detected for a predetermined period when a unique word signal transmitted thereafter is detected.
  • the unique word signal is transmitted following the antenna switching timing detection signal, the test 1 signal, and the test 2 signal, for example (see FIG. 46). If a unique word can be detected after detecting the antenna switching timing detection signal, it can be determined that the previously detected antenna switching timing detection signal is correct.
  • FIG. 63 shows a schematic configuration of still another modified example of the antenna switching reception system 110 of the second embodiment.
  • This antenna switching reception system 110 is configured by adding a non-detection time counter unit 120 to the antenna switching reception system 110 of FIG.
  • the non-detection time counter unit 120 counts the time during which no antenna switching timing detection signal is detected.
  • FIG. 64 shows a signal received using the antenna A and the antenna B in the antenna switching reception system 110 of this modification, and an operation of the antenna switching reception system 110 when receiving this signal.
  • FIG. 65 is a flowchart showing the operation of the antenna switching reception system 110 of this modification. In this modified example, when NO in # 112 shown in FIG. 51, the processes of # 125 to # 128 are executed. In this modification, as shown in FIG. 65, when the antenna switching timing detection signal that should be received by the antenna A cannot be received over the frames 1 and 2 (NO in # 112), the following operation is performed. Do.
  • the non-detection time counter unit 120 starts counting (# 126) and returns to # 101. If the non-detection time counter unit 120 is counting (YES in # 125) and the count value of the non-detection time counter unit 120 is not the specified value or more (NO in # 127), the process returns to # 101. If the count value of the non-detection time counter unit 120 is equal to or greater than the specified value (YES in # 127), the count is stopped and switched to another antenna B assuming that a predetermined time has elapsed (# 128).
  • the predetermined time means a time sufficient to detect the antenna switching timing signal at least once if the antenna and the communication environment are normal.
  • the specified value is set so as to be longer than the time required for communication of frame 1 and frame 2.
  • This antenna switching reception system 110 is configured by adding a second correlation value calculation unit 122 and a second correlation value calculation unit 123 to the antenna switching reception system 110 of FIG.
  • a test signal composed of a signal sequence in a specific sequence different from the antenna switching timing detection signal is transmitted from the transmission system.
  • the second correlation value calculation unit (storage unit) 122 stores a signal sequence (reference signal) in the same sequence as the transmitted test 1 signal.
  • the second correlation value calculation unit 122 detects the test 1 signal based on the correlation value by calculating the correlation value between the stored signal sequence and the signal sequence of the received test 1 signal.
  • the second correlation value calculation unit (storage unit) 123 stores a signal sequence (reference signal) in the same sequence as the transmitted test 2 signal.
  • the second correlation value calculation unit 123 detects the test 2 signal based on the correlation value by calculating the correlation value between the stored signal sequence and the signal sequence of the received test 2 signal.
  • the frame can be detected by detecting the test 1 signal or the test 2 signal.
  • the payload signal can be received.
  • FIG. 67 shows a signal received using the antenna A and the antenna B in the antenna switching reception system 110 of this modification, and the operation of the antenna switching reception system 110 when receiving this signal.
  • FIG. 68 is a flowchart showing the operation of the antenna switching reception system 110 of this modification. In the present modification, when NO at # 112 shown in FIG.
  • the processing after # 104 that is, the antenna that receives the payload signal is determined by comparing the reception level detected by each antenna while switching the antenna.
  • the correlation value calculation unit 115 detects the antenna switching timing detection signal
  • the correlation detection by the second correlation value calculation unit 122 using the test 1 signal is not performed or is invalid even if performed.
  • the second correlation value calculation units 122 and 123 are operated again in preparation for reception of the next frame.
  • correlation value calculation unit 115 cannot detect the antenna switching timing (NO in # 112), if test 1 signal is detected by second correlation value calculation unit 122 (YES in # 131), current antenna A A payload signal is received (# 110).
  • the test 1 signal is not detected by the second correlation value calculator 122 (NO in # 131)
  • the test 2 signal is detected by the second correlation value calculator 123 (YES in # 132)
  • the current The payload signal is received by the antenna A (# 110).
  • the second correlation value calculation unit 123 does not detect the test 2 signal within the predetermined time (NO in # 132)
  • the process returns to # 101.
  • the second correlation value calculation unit 122 detects the test 1 signal, the antenna switching operation is not performed, and another process can be performed during the time during which the test 2 signal is transmitted. For example, when the payload signal is not binary and the reception level needs to be adjusted, it can be assigned to the gain adjustment time of automatic gain control.
  • the second correlation value calculation unit 123 detects the test 2 signal, the antenna switching operation is not executed and the payload signal is received with the current automatic gain control value.
  • the second correlation value calculation unit 122 or the second correlation value calculation unit 123 detects the test 1 signal or the test 2 signal. Therefore, it is possible to detect the head of the payload signal in two or three stages. As a result, even when noise or an instantaneous level drop occurs during reception of the antenna switching timing detection signal, the head of the payload signal can be detected by the test 1 signal or the test 2 signal. The probability of losing the payload signal can be reduced.
  • the second correlation value calculation unit for detecting the test signal can be further added according to the number of test signals to be transmitted (that is, the number of antennas).
  • the present invention is not limited to the configuration of the above-described embodiment, and at least before receiving a payload signal, the antenna may be configured to receive a test signal with a plurality of antennas and select an antenna that receives the payload signal. That's fine.
  • the antenna switching reception system which combined the characteristic of each embodiment mentioned above suitably may be sufficient.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Radio Transmission System (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is an antenna-switchable reception system that switches a plurality of antennae and receives a wireless signal. In the antenna-switchable reception system, the quality of a wireless signal received while switching the antenna at a predetermined cycle is compared, and the antenna that receives the payload is selected.

Description

アンテナ切り替え受信システム及びそれを備えた無線通信器Antenna switching reception system and wireless communication device including the same
 本発明は、無線通信システムにおいて、アンテナを切り替えて受信するアンテナ切り替え受信システムに関する。 The present invention relates to an antenna switching reception system for switching and receiving an antenna in a wireless communication system.
 無線通信システムにおいて、マルチパスフェージングによるレベル劣化が課題のひとつとして挙げられる。受信アンテナが受信する信号は、送信アンテナから直接受信アンテナに入力される信号だけではなく、複数の異なる経路を経て入力される信号も存在する。そのため、各々異なる遅延時間を持った信号(マルチパス)も受信アンテナに入力されてしまうため、受信アンテナ端で信号同士が重なり合い、打ち消し合うなどして受信レベルが劣化してしまう。これがマルチパスフェージングによるレベル劣化と称される現象である。
 このマルチパスフェージングによるレベル劣化の影響を回避するための代表的な方策として、OFDMなどのマルチキャリア伝送技術がある。これは伝送する情報を複数のキャリア(サブキャリア)に分けて広い周波数帯域で伝送するため、マルチパスフェージングによるレベル劣化の影響を低減できるという技術である。しかしながら、OFDM伝送ではフーリエ逆変換及びフーリエ変換により周波数軸と時間軸を変換して処理する複雑な構成が必要となり回路規模が増大してしまうため、低コスト化を図るのが困難であるという欠点があった。
 また、複数のアンテナを切り替える「切り替えダイバーシチ」、「選択ダイバーシチ」や各アンテナでの受信信号を合成する「合成ダイバーシチ」による対策がある。これらはマルチパスフェージングによる影響は受信器の場所や電波の偏波面などによって異なることを利用した方策である。「選択ダイバーシチ」は、複数のアンテナでの受信レベルを監視しておき、最適なアンテナで信号を受信する技術であるが、アンテナの個数分の受信器が必要となるため回路規模が大きくなるという欠点があった。また、「合成ダイバーシチ」は複数のアンテナで受信した信号の位相を揃えて合成する技術であるが、こちらもアンテナの個数分の受信器及び各信号の位相を合わせる移相器が必要となるため回路規模が大きくなるという欠点があった。
 「切り替えダイバーシチ」は一方のアンテナでマルチパスフェージングの影響がある場合は、もう一方のアンテナに切り替えることによりマルチパスフェージングの影響を低減するという技術である(例えば、特許文献1参照)。近年、携帯用無線機器の普及により、アンテナ切り替え部も小型化や低コスト化が要求されており、1つの受信機で構成できるため、開発が容易で回路規模が小さく低コスト化が図れる「切り替えダイバーシチ」が様々な無線器に搭載されている。
特開平06−303218号公報
In wireless communication systems, level degradation due to multipath fading is one of the problems. Signals received by the receiving antenna include not only signals input directly from the transmitting antenna to the receiving antenna, but also signals input via a plurality of different paths. For this reason, signals (multipaths) having different delay times are also input to the receiving antenna, so that the reception level deteriorates by overlapping and canceling signals at the receiving antenna end. This is a phenomenon called level degradation due to multipath fading.
As a representative measure for avoiding the influence of level deterioration due to multipath fading, there is a multicarrier transmission technique such as OFDM. This is a technique that can reduce the influence of level degradation due to multipath fading because the information to be transmitted is divided into a plurality of carriers (subcarriers) and transmitted in a wide frequency band. However, in OFDM transmission, it is difficult to reduce the cost because it requires a complicated configuration for processing by transforming the frequency axis and time axis by inverse Fourier transform and Fourier transform, which increases the circuit scale. was there.
Further, there are measures by “switching diversity”, “selective diversity” for switching a plurality of antennas, and “combining diversity” for combining received signals at each antenna. These measures are based on the fact that the effects of multipath fading differ depending on the location of the receiver and the plane of polarization of the radio wave. “Selective diversity” is a technology that monitors reception levels at multiple antennas and receives signals with optimal antennas, but requires as many receivers as the number of antennas, which increases the circuit scale. There were drawbacks. “Combining diversity” is a technology that combines the phases of signals received by multiple antennas, but this also requires as many receivers as the number of antennas and a phase shifter that matches the phases of each signal. There was a drawback that the circuit scale was increased.
“Switching diversity” is a technique for reducing the influence of multipath fading by switching to the other antenna when there is an influence of multipath fading on one antenna (see, for example, Patent Document 1). In recent years, with the widespread use of portable wireless devices, the antenna switching unit is also required to be downsized and cost-reduced, and can be configured with a single receiver. Diversity "is installed in various wireless devices.
Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 06-303218
 しかしながら、「切り替えダイバーシチ」においては、切り替え先のアンテナでの受信レベルはアンテナを切り替えるまで分からない。そのため、もし切り替え先のアンテナでの受信レベルがさらに低かった場合には、より劣悪な条件で信号を受信しなければならないという欠点がある。
 さらに無線LANでは、複数のパケット(フレーム:プリアンブル、ユニークワード、ペイロードを構成する信号の一塊)を受信し、エラーが複数のパケットに亘って検出された際にアンテナを切り替えるシステム、つまりエラーが発生した後のアンテナ切り替えを基本としている。発生したエラーに対しては再度同じパケットを送信器に送ってもらうことにより対応している(再送機能)。しかしながら、マルチパスフェージングにより通信環境が劣悪な状況では再送回数が増え、複数の機器と通信し、次々に新しいペイロード信号を受信する必要がある機器や、音声や映像など高速で次々に新しいペイロード信号を受信する必要がある機器には不向きとなる。
 本発明は、上記課題を解決するためになされたものである。すなわち、簡素な構成で、マルチパスが多い環境下においても正確に信号品質の高いアンテナを選択することにより、マルチパスフェージングによるレベル変動の影響を低減できるアンテナ切り替え受信システムを提供することを目的とする。
However, in “switching diversity”, the reception level at the switching destination antenna is not known until the antenna is switched. For this reason, if the reception level at the antenna to be switched to is lower, there is a disadvantage that the signal must be received under worse conditions.
Furthermore, in wireless LAN, a system that receives multiple packets (frames: a preamble, unique word, a set of signals that make up a payload) and switches antennas when an error is detected across multiple packets, that is, an error occurs. This is based on antenna switching after The generated error is dealt with by sending the same packet again to the transmitter (retransmission function). However, in situations where the communication environment is poor due to multipath fading, the number of retransmissions increases, devices that need to communicate with multiple devices and receive new payload signals one after another, and new payload signals such as voice and video one after another at high speed It is not suitable for equipment that needs to receive
The present invention has been made to solve the above problems. That is, an object of the present invention is to provide an antenna switching receiving system that can reduce the influence of level fluctuation due to multipath fading by selecting an antenna with high signal quality accurately even in an environment with many multipaths with a simple configuration. To do.
 本発明の第1態様によれば、複数のアンテナを切り替えて無線信号を受信するアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、所定周期でアンテナを切り替えながら受信した無線信号の品質を比較して、ペイロードを受信するアンテナを選択するアンテナ切り替え受信システムを提供する
 第1態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、アンテナの切り替えを制御するアンテナ制御部と、既知のユニークワードのビット列を予め設定し記憶するユニークワード設定部と、アンテナを切り替えながら受信した無線信号のビット列を検索して、前記ユニークワード設定部によって記憶されているユニークワードと同一のビット列を検出するユニークワード検出部と、各アンテナ毎に受信した無線信号の品質を比較する信号品質比較部を備え、前記ユニークワード検出部がユニークワードを検出したとき、前記アンテナ制御部は、前記信号品質比較部によって比較された結果、最も信号品質が高いと判断されるアンテナを選択して、その後のペイロードを受信することが好ましい。
 第1態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、対応する送信システムからは、相異なるビット列から成る複数のユニークワードが特定の順序でペイロードの前に送信され、前記送信システムから送信される複数のユニークワードと同一の複数のユニークワードが、前記ユニークワード設定部によって予め設定され記憶されており、前記ユニークワード検出部は、前記複数のユニークワードを個別に検出する複数ユニークワード検出部であり、前記複数ユニークワード検出部が、所定のユニークワードを検出したとき、前記アンテナ制御部は、最も信号品質が高いと判断されるアンテナを選択することが好ましい。
 第1態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、前記信号品質比較部は、各アンテナによって受信した無線信号のレベルを比較する受信レベル比較部を有することが好ましい。
 第1態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、前記信号品質比較部は、前記ユニークワード設定部に記憶されているユニークワードのビット列に対する各アンテナによって受信した無線信号のビット列の誤り数を比較するユニークワード誤り数比較部を有することが好ましい。
 第1態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、対応する送信システムからは、ビット同期を確立するためのプリアンブルが各ユニークワードの前に送信され、前記ユニークワード誤り数比較部は、プリアンブルとユニークワードのビット列に対する各アンテナによって受信した無線信号のビット列の誤り数を比較するプリアンブル・ユニークワード誤り数比較部であることが好ましい。
 第1態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、1パケット内のユニークワードの受信間隔である第1所定時間をカウントする第1カウンタをさらに備え、前記ユニークワード検出部がいずれかのアンテナによって受信した無線信号からユニークワードを検出したとき、前記第1カウンタがカウントを開始し、ユニークワードの受信間隔をカウントしたとき、別のアンテナで受信した信号から次のユニークワードを検出することが好ましい。
 第1態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、アンテナを切り替えた後、第2所定時間をカウントする第2カウンタをさらに備え、アンテナを切り替え後、前記第2カウンタが第2所定時間をカウントするまでは、ユニークワードの検出を行わないことが好ましい。
 第1態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、パケットの終端を検出するパケットエンド検出部をさらに備え、前記パケットエンド検出部がパケットの終端を検出すると、前記アンテナ制御部は、アンテナを所定周期で切り替える制御に自動的に復帰して、次のパケットを受信することが好ましい。
 第1態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、特定のユニークワードを検出した後、第3所定時間をカウントする第3カウンタをさらに備え、前記第3カウンタが第3所定時間をカウントするまでは、ユニークワードの検出を行わないことが好ましい。
 第1態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、受信した無線信号のレベルを検出する受信レベル検出部をさらに備え、前記受信レベル検出部が所定の第1閾値以上の信号レベルを検出した後、前記ユニークワード検出部が、ユニークワードの検索を開始することが好ましい。
 第1態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、ペイロードを受信する際に前記アンテナ制御部によって選択されたアンテナの情報を記憶する選択アンテナ記憶部と、前記選択アンテナ記憶部に記憶されている情報から、いずれかのアンテナが所定回数連続して前記アンテナ制御部によって選択されている場合、ユーザにその旨を通知する通知部とをさらに備えることが好ましい。
 第1態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、搭載されるアンテナ数の2倍の数のプリアンブル及びユニークワードが送信され、各アンテナはプリアンブル及びユニークワードの送信周期の2倍の周期で切り替えられることが好ましい。
 第1態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、受信した無線信号のレベルを検出し、ユーザに通知する受信レベル通知部と、ユーザがアンテナ切り替え機能の有効/無効を設定するための切り替え機能設定部とをさらに備えることが好ましい。
 第1態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、受信した無線信号のレベルを検出する受信レベル検出部と、前記受信レベル検出部が所定の第2閾値以上の信号レベルを検出したとき、アンテナ切り替え機能を無効にする切り替え機能制御部とをさらに備えることが好ましい。
 第1態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、前記切り替え機能設定部又は切り替え機能制御部がアンテナ切り替え機能を無効にしたとき、対応する送信システムに対してその旨を通知することが好ましい。
 第1態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、アンテナ切り替え機能が無効である状態において、第4所定時間連続してユニークワードを検出できない場合、前記切り替え機能設定部又は切り替え機能制御部はアンテナ切り替え機能を有効にすることが好ましい。
 第1態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、ペイロードの受信に成功したとき、対応する送信システムに対してその旨のACKを送信することが好ましい。
 第1態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、アンテナ切り替え機能が無効である状態においても、定期的にアンテナ切り替え機能を有効にすることが好ましい。
 第1態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、アンテナ切り替え受信システムと、無線信号を送信する送信部をさらに備え、ペイロードを受信した後、前記送信部が無線信号を送信するとき、前記アンテナ制御部はペイロードの受信の際に選択されたアンテナを用いる無線通信器が好ましい。
 本発明の第2態様によれば、複数のアンテナを切り替えて無線信号を受信するアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、ペイロード信号を受信する前に、それぞれのアンテナでテスト信号を受信してペイロード信号を受信するアンテナを選択し、前記テスト信号を受信するアンテナは、前記テスト信号の前に検出したアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号に基づいて切り替えられるアンテナ切り替え受信システムを提供する。
 第2態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、前記アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号は、特定の並びの信号列によって構成されて送信されるものであり、送信される前記アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号と同一の並びの信号列を記憶する記憶部と、前記記憶部に記憶されている信号列と、受信した前記アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号の信号列の相関値を算出する相関値算出部を有し、前記アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号を前記相関値算出部によって算出された相関値に基づいて検出することが好ましい。
 第2態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、ペイロード信号と比較して、低い伝送速度で送信された前記アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号を検出することが好ましい。
 第2態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、前記アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号は、受信レベルに依存せず飽和状態でも復調可能とされていることが好ましい。
 第2態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、特定のアンテナ切り替え基準タイミングから次のアンテナ切り替え基準タイミングまでの時間をカウントするカウンタ部を備え、前記カウンタ部のカウント値に基づいてアンテナ切り替え基準タイミングを検出することが好ましい。
 第2態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、前記アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号は、1フレーム内で複数回に亘って送信され、前記アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号の長さの倍以上の周期の所定期間毎に、アンテナを切り替えるアンテナ定期切り替え制御部を備えることが好ましい。
 第2態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、前記アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号の検出後、所定期間は前記アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号の検出を行わないことが好ましい。
 第2態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、前記アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号の検出後、さらにユニークワード信号を検出した後、所定期間は前記アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号の検出を行わないことが好ましい。
 第2態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、前記アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出信号を検出していない時間をカウントする非検出時間カウンタ部を備え、いずれかのアンテナによって受信中に前記非検出時間カウンタ部が所定の時間をカウントしたときは、別のアンテナに切り替えることが好ましい。
 第2態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、前記テスト信号は、特定の並びの信号列によって構成されて送信されるものであり、前記記憶部は、送信される前記テスト信号と同一の並びの信号列をさらに記憶し、前記記憶部に記憶されているテスト信号の信号列と、受信した前記テスト信号の信号列の相関値を算出する第2相関値算出部をさらに有し、前記第2相関値算出部は、算出した相関値に基づいて、前記テスト信号を検出したとき、アンテナ切り替えを行うことなくペイロード信号を受信することが好ましい。
 第2態様によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、前記テスト信号の数に対応して複数の前記第2相関値算出部を有することが好ましい。
発明の効果
 本発明の第1態様によれば、所定周期でアンテナを切り替えながら受信した無線信号の品質を比較して、ペイロードを受信するアンテナを選択する。このため、マルチパスの多発する環境下においても、非同期で次々に新しいパケットを受信する信号に対して、各パケットのペイロード受信前に、品質の高い受信信号が得られるアンテナの選択を完了できる。これにより、マルチパスフェージングに起因して受信レベルが劣化することによる受信エラーの発生を回避することが可能となる。
 また、本発明の第2態様によれば、ペイロード信号を受信する前に、各アンテナでテスト信号を受信してペイロード信号を受信するアンテナを選択するので、簡素な構成でマルチパスフェージングによるレベル変動の影響を低減できる。これにより、マルチパス環境下においてもマルチパスフェージングに起因した受信レベルの劣化によるエラー発生を回避しやすくなる。
According to the first aspect of the present invention, in an antenna switching receiving system that switches a plurality of antennas and receives a radio signal, the antenna that receives the payload by comparing the quality of the received radio signal while switching the antenna at a predetermined period In the antenna switching reception system according to the first aspect, an antenna control unit that controls switching of an antenna, a unique word setting unit that presets and stores a bit string of a known unique word, and an antenna The unique word detection unit that searches the bit string of the received radio signal while switching the signal and detects the same bit string as the unique word stored by the unique word setting unit, and the quality of the received radio signal for each antenna A signal quality comparison unit is provided for comparison. When the unique word detection unit detects a unique word, the antenna control unit selects the antenna determined to have the highest signal quality as a result of comparison by the signal quality comparison unit, and receives the subsequent payload. It is preferable to do.
In the antenna switching reception system according to the first aspect, a plurality of unique words consisting of different bit strings are transmitted from a corresponding transmission system in a specific order before a payload, and a plurality of unique words transmitted from the transmission system A plurality of the same unique words are preset and stored by the unique word setting unit, and the unique word detection unit is a plurality of unique word detection units that individually detect the plurality of unique words, and the plurality of unique words When the word detection unit detects a predetermined unique word, the antenna control unit preferably selects an antenna that is determined to have the highest signal quality.
In the antenna switching reception system according to the first aspect, it is preferable that the signal quality comparison unit includes a reception level comparison unit that compares levels of radio signals received by the antennas.
In the antenna switching reception system according to the first aspect, the signal quality comparison unit compares the number of errors in the bit string of the radio signal received by each antenna with respect to the bit string of the unique word stored in the unique word setting unit. It is preferable to have a number comparison part.
In the antenna switching reception system according to the first aspect, a preamble for establishing bit synchronization is transmitted from each corresponding transmission system before each unique word, and the unique word error number comparison unit includes a bit string of the preamble and the unique word. It is preferable that the preamble unique word error number comparison unit compares the number of errors in the bit string of the radio signal received by each antenna.
The antenna switching reception system according to the first aspect, further comprising: a first counter that counts a first predetermined time that is a reception interval of unique words in one packet, wherein the unique word detection unit receives a radio signal received by any antenna When the unique word is detected, the first counter starts counting, and when the unique word reception interval is counted, it is preferable to detect the next unique word from the signal received by another antenna.
The antenna switching receiving system according to the first aspect further includes a second counter that counts a second predetermined time after switching the antenna until the second counter counts the second predetermined time after switching the antenna. It is preferable not to detect a unique word.
The antenna switching reception system according to the first aspect further includes a packet end detection unit that detects the end of the packet, and when the packet end detection unit detects the end of the packet, the antenna control unit performs control to switch the antenna at a predetermined period. It is preferable to return automatically to receive the next packet.
The antenna switching receiving system according to the first aspect further includes a third counter that counts a third predetermined time after detecting a specific unique word, and the unique word until the third counter counts the third predetermined time. It is preferable not to detect this.
The antenna switching reception system according to the first aspect further includes a reception level detection unit for detecting a level of a received radio signal, and the unique word after the reception level detection unit detects a signal level equal to or higher than a predetermined first threshold. It is preferable that the detection unit starts searching for a unique word.
In the antenna switching reception system according to the first aspect, any one of a selection antenna storage unit that stores information on an antenna selected by the antenna control unit when receiving a payload, and information stored in the selection antenna storage unit When such an antenna is continuously selected by the antenna control unit a predetermined number of times, it is preferable to further include a notification unit that notifies the user to that effect.
In the antenna switching reception system according to the first aspect, it is preferable that preambles and unique words that are twice the number of mounted antennas are transmitted, and that each antenna is switched at a cycle that is twice the preamble and unique word transmission cycle. .
In the antenna switching reception system according to the first aspect, a reception level notification unit that detects a level of a received radio signal and notifies the user, and a switching function setting unit for the user to set the validity / invalidity of the antenna switching function. It is preferable to further provide.
In the antenna switching reception system according to the first aspect, a reception level detection unit that detects a level of a received radio signal, and an antenna switching function is disabled when the reception level detection unit detects a signal level that is equal to or higher than a predetermined second threshold. It is preferable to further include a switching function control unit.
In the antenna switching reception system according to the first aspect, when the switching function setting unit or the switching function control unit invalidates the antenna switching function, it is preferable to notify the corresponding transmission system to that effect.
In the antenna switching receiving system according to the first aspect, when the unique word cannot be detected continuously for the fourth predetermined time in a state where the antenna switching function is disabled, the switching function setting unit or the switching function control unit enables the antenna switching function. It is preferable to make it.
In the antenna switching reception system according to the first aspect, when the payload is successfully received, it is preferable to transmit an ACK to that effect to the corresponding transmission system.
In the antenna switching reception system according to the first aspect, it is preferable to periodically enable the antenna switching function even when the antenna switching function is disabled.
The antenna switching reception system according to the first aspect further includes an antenna switching reception system and a transmission unit that transmits a radio signal. When the transmission unit transmits a radio signal after receiving a payload, the antenna control unit A wireless communicator that uses an antenna selected during reception is preferred.
According to the second aspect of the present invention, in the antenna switching reception system that switches a plurality of antennas and receives a radio signal, before receiving the payload signal, the test signal is received and the payload signal is received by each antenna. An antenna switching receiving system is provided in which an antenna that selects an antenna and receives the test signal is switched based on an antenna switching timing detection signal detected before the test signal.
In the antenna switching reception system according to the second aspect, the antenna switching timing detection signals are configured by a specific sequence of signal sequences and transmitted, and are arranged in the same sequence as the transmitted antenna switching timing detection signals. And a correlation value calculation unit that calculates a correlation value of the signal sequence stored in the storage unit and the signal sequence of the received antenna switching timing detection signal, and the antenna It is preferable to detect the switching timing detection signal based on the correlation value calculated by the correlation value calculation unit.
In the antenna switching reception system according to the second aspect, it is preferable to detect the antenna switching timing detection signal transmitted at a lower transmission rate than the payload signal.
In the antenna switching reception system according to the second aspect, it is preferable that the antenna switching timing detection signal can be demodulated even in a saturated state without depending on the reception level.
The antenna switching reception system according to the second aspect includes a counter unit that counts time from a specific antenna switching reference timing to the next antenna switching reference timing, and detects the antenna switching reference timing based on the count value of the counter unit It is preferable.
In the antenna switching reception system according to the second aspect, the antenna switching timing detection signal is transmitted a plurality of times within one frame, and every predetermined period with a period not less than twice the length of the antenna switching timing detection signal. In addition, it is preferable to include an antenna periodic switching control unit for switching antennas.
In the antenna switching reception system according to the second aspect, it is preferable that the antenna switching timing detection signal is not detected for a predetermined period after the detection of the antenna switching timing detection signal.
In the antenna switching reception system according to the second aspect, it is preferable that the antenna switching timing detection signal is not detected for a predetermined period after the unique word signal is further detected after the antenna switching timing detection signal is detected.
The antenna switching reception system according to the second aspect includes a non-detection time counter unit that counts a time during which the antenna switching timing detection signal is not detected, and the non-detection time counter unit receives a predetermined value during reception by any antenna. When the time is counted, it is preferable to switch to another antenna.
In the antenna switching reception system according to the second aspect, the test signal is configured to be transmitted in a specific sequence of signal sequences, and the storage unit is a signal sequence in the same sequence as the test signals to be transmitted. Is further stored, and further includes a second correlation value calculation unit that calculates a correlation value between the signal sequence of the test signal stored in the storage unit and the signal sequence of the received test signal, and the second correlation value The calculation unit preferably receives the payload signal without performing antenna switching when detecting the test signal based on the calculated correlation value.
In the antenna switching reception system according to the second aspect, it is preferable that a plurality of the second correlation value calculation units are provided corresponding to the number of the test signals.
Advantageous Effects of Invention According to the first aspect of the present invention, the quality of received radio signals is compared while switching antennas at a predetermined period, and an antenna that receives a payload is selected. For this reason, even in an environment where multiple paths occur frequently, selection of an antenna that can obtain a high-quality received signal can be completed before receiving the payload of each packet for a signal that receives new packets one after another asynchronously. As a result, it is possible to avoid the occurrence of a reception error due to degradation of the reception level due to multipath fading.
Also, according to the second aspect of the present invention, before receiving a payload signal, the antenna that receives the test signal and receives the payload signal is selected by each antenna, so that the level fluctuation due to multipath fading can be achieved with a simple configuration. Can reduce the effects of As a result, even in a multipath environment, it is easy to avoid the occurrence of errors due to reception level degradation due to multipath fading.
 本発明の目的及び特徴は以下のような添付図面と好ましい実施例の説明により明確になる。
本発明の第1実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムの構成を示すブロック図。 同実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムの動作を示すフローチャート。 同実施形態において、対応する送信システムから送信される信号と、アンテナ切り替え受信システムによって切り替えられるアンテナとの関係を示す図。 上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムの変形例の構成を示すブロック図。 上記変形例の動作を示すフローチャート。 上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替えシステムの別の変形例の構成を示すブロック図。 同変形例の動作を示すフローチャート。 同変形例において、対応する送信システムから送信される信号と、アンテナ切り替え受信システムによって切り替えられるアンテナとの関係の一例を示す図。 同変形例において、対応する送信システムから送信される信号と、アンテナ切り替え受信システムによって切り替えられるアンテナ及び各アンテナによって受信される信号との関係の別の例を示す図。 上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替えシステムのさらに別の変形例の構成を示すブロック図。 同変形例の動作を示すフローチャート。 上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替えシステムのさらに別の変形例の構成を示すブロック図。 同変形例の動作を示すフローチャート。 上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムのさらに別の変形例の構成を示すブロック図。 同変形例の動作を示すフローチャート。 同変形例において、対応する送信システムから送信される信号と、アンテナ切り替え受信システムによって切り替えられるアンテナ及び各アンテナによって受信される信号との関係を示す図。 上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムのさらに別の変形例の構成を示すブロック図。 同変形例の動作を示すフローチャート。 同変形例において、対応する送信システムから送信される信号と、アンテナ切り替え受信システムによって切り替えられるアンテナ及び各アンテナによって受信される信号との関係の一例を示す図。 上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムのさらに別の変形例の構成を示すブロック図。 同変形例の動作を示すフローチャート。 上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムのさらに別の変形例の構成を示すブロック図。 同変形例の動作を示すフローチャート。 同変形例の第2カウンタを有さない構成において、対応する送信システムから送信される信号と、アンテナ切り替え受信システムによって切り替えられるアンテナ及び各アンテナによって受信される信号との関係を示す図。 同変形例の第2カウンタを有する構成において、対応する送信システムから送信される信号と、アンテナ切り替え受信システムによって切り替えられるアンテナ及び各アンテナによって受信される信号との関係を示す図。 上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムのさらに別の変形例の構成を示すブロック図。 同変形例の動作を示すフローチャート。 上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムのさらに別の変形例の構成を示すブロック図。 同変形例の動作を示すフローチャート。 定期通信において、本変形例によって受信されるパケットと第3所定時間の関係を示す図。 非定期通信において、本変形例によって受信されるパケットと第3所定時間の関係を示す図。 上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムのさらに別の変形例の構成を示すブロック図。 同変形例の動作を示すフローチャート。 本変形例によって受信されるパケットと受信システムの動作モード等の関係を示す図。 上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムのさらに別の変形例の構成を示すブロック図。 本変形例によって受信されるパケットと、そのパケットを受信する際に選択されていたアンテナの関係を示す図。 上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムのさらに別の変形例の構成を示すブロック図。 同変形例の動作を示すフローチャート。 同変形例によってアンテナ切り替え機能を有効にしたときと無効にしたときの対応する送信システムから送信されるパケットの構成を示す図。 上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムのさらに別の変形例の構成を示すブロック図。 同変形例の動作を示すフローチャート。 上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムのさらに別の変形例において、対応する送信システムから送信され、受信システムによって受信されるパケットの例。 上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムのさらに別の変形例において、対応する送信システムから送信され、受信システムによって受信されるパケットの例。 本発明のアンテナ切り替え受信システムを適用して構築された無線通信システムの概略を示す図。 無線通信システムにおいて、アンテナ切り替え受信システムが実装される無線器によって切り替えられるアンテナ及び各アンテナによって受信及び送信される信号との関係を示す図。 本発明の第2実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムの概略構成を示すブロック図。 同アンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、2つのアンテナを用いて受信される信号と、この信号を受信したときの上記アンテナ切り替え受信システムの動作を示す図。 同アンテナ切り替え受信システムの動作を示すフローチャート。 上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムの変形例の概略構成を示すブロック図。 同変形例において、2つのアンテナを用いて受信される信号と、この信号を受信したときの上記アンテナ切り替え受信システムの動作を示す図。 同変形例の動作を示すフローチャート。 同アンテナ切り替え受信システムの別な変形例において、2つのアンテナを用いて受信される信号と、この信号を受信したときの上記アンテナ切り替え受信システムの動作を示す図。 同アンテナ切り替え受信システムのさらに別な変形例の概略構成を示すブロック図。 同変形例において、2つのアンテナを用いて受信されるフレームとカウンタ値の関係を示す図。 同変形例において、2つのアンテナを用いて受信されるフレームとカウンタ値の別な関係を示す図。 同変形例の動作を示すフローチャート。 同アンテナ切り替え受信システムのさらに別な変形例の概略構成を示すブロック図。 同変形例において、2つのアンテナを用いて受信される信号と、この信号を受信したときの上記アンテナ切り替え受信システムの動作を示す図。 同変形例の動作を示すフローチャート。 同アンテナ切り替え受信システムのさらに別な変形例の概略構成を示すブロック図。 同変形例において、2つのアンテナを用いて受信される信号と、この信号を受信したときの上記アンテナ切り替え受信システムの動作を示す図。 同変形例の動作を示すフローチャート。 同アンテナ切り替え受信システムのさらに別な変形例の概略構成を示すブロック図。 同変形例において、2つのアンテナを用いて受信される信号と、この信号を受信したときの上記アンテナ切り替え受信システムの動作を示す図。 同変形例の動作を示すフローチャート。 同アンテナ切り替え受信システムのさらに別な変形例の概略構成を示すブロック図。 同変形例において、2つのアンテナを用いて受信される信号と、この信号を受信したときの上記アンテナ切り替え受信システムの動作を示す図。 同変形例の動作を示すフローチャート。
The objects and features of the present invention will become apparent from the following drawings and description of preferred embodiments.
The block diagram which shows the structure of the antenna switching receiving system by 1st Embodiment of this invention. The flowchart which shows operation | movement of the antenna switching receiving system by the embodiment. The figure which shows the relationship between the signal transmitted from the corresponding transmission system, and the antenna switched by the antenna switching receiving system in the same embodiment. The block diagram which shows the structure of the modification of the antenna switching reception system by the said embodiment. The flowchart which shows operation | movement of the said modification. The block diagram which shows the structure of another modification of the antenna switching system by the said embodiment. The flowchart which shows operation | movement of the modification. The figure which shows an example of the relationship between the signal transmitted from the corresponding transmission system, and the antenna switched by an antenna switching receiving system in the modification. The figure which shows another example of the relationship between the signal transmitted from the corresponding transmission system, the antenna switched by an antenna switching receiving system, and the signal received by each antenna in the modification. The block diagram which shows the structure of another modification of the antenna switching system by the said embodiment. The flowchart which shows operation | movement of the modification. The block diagram which shows the structure of another modification of the antenna switching system by the said embodiment. The flowchart which shows operation | movement of the modification. The block diagram which shows the structure of another modification of the antenna switching reception system by the said embodiment. The flowchart which shows operation | movement of the modification. The figure which shows the relationship between the signal transmitted from the corresponding transmission system, the antenna switched by an antenna switching receiving system, and the signal received by each antenna in the modification. The block diagram which shows the structure of another modification of the antenna switching reception system by the said embodiment. The flowchart which shows operation | movement of the modification. The figure which shows an example of the relationship between the signal transmitted from the corresponding transmission system, the antenna switched by an antenna switching receiving system, and the signal received by each antenna in the modification. The block diagram which shows the structure of another modification of the antenna switching reception system by the said embodiment. The flowchart which shows operation | movement of the modification. The block diagram which shows the structure of another modification of the antenna switching reception system by the said embodiment. The flowchart which shows operation | movement of the modification. The figure which shows the relationship between the signal transmitted from a corresponding transmission system, the antenna switched by an antenna switching receiving system, and the signal received by each antenna in the structure which does not have the 2nd counter of the modification. The figure which shows the relationship between the signal transmitted from a corresponding transmission system, the antenna switched by an antenna switching receiving system, and the signal received by each antenna in the structure which has the 2nd counter of the modification. The block diagram which shows the structure of another modification of the antenna switching reception system by the said embodiment. The flowchart which shows operation | movement of the modification. The block diagram which shows the structure of another modification of the antenna switching reception system by the said embodiment. The flowchart which shows operation | movement of the modification. The figure which shows the relationship between the packet received by this modification, and 3rd predetermined time in regular communication. The figure which shows the relationship between the packet received by this modification, and 3rd predetermined time in non-periodic communication. The block diagram which shows the structure of another modification of the antenna switching reception system by the said embodiment. The flowchart which shows operation | movement of the modification. The figure which shows the relationship between the operation mode etc. of the packet received by this modification, and a receiving system. The block diagram which shows the structure of another modification of the antenna switching reception system by the said embodiment. The figure which shows the relationship between the packet received by this modification, and the antenna selected when receiving the packet. The block diagram which shows the structure of another modification of the antenna switching reception system by the said embodiment. The flowchart which shows operation | movement of the modification. The figure which shows the structure of the packet transmitted from the corresponding transmission system when the antenna switching function is validated and invalidated according to the same modification. The block diagram which shows the structure of another modification of the antenna switching reception system by the said embodiment. The flowchart which shows operation | movement of the modification. The example of the packet transmitted from the corresponding transmission system, and received by the receiving system in another modification of the antenna switching receiving system by the said embodiment. The example of the packet transmitted from the corresponding transmission system, and received by the receiving system in another modification of the antenna switching receiving system by the said embodiment. The figure which shows the outline of the radio | wireless communications system constructed | assembled applying the antenna switching receiving system of this invention. The figure which shows the relationship between the signal received and transmitted by the antenna switched by the radio | wireless machine in which an antenna switching receiving system is mounted in a radio | wireless communications system. The block diagram which shows schematic structure of the antenna switching receiving system by 2nd Embodiment of this invention. The figure which shows the operation | movement of the said antenna switching reception system when the signal received using two antennas and this signal are received in the same antenna switching reception system. The flowchart which shows operation | movement of the antenna switching reception system. The block diagram which shows schematic structure of the modification of the antenna switching reception system by the said embodiment. The figure which shows the operation | movement of the said antenna switching reception system when the signal received using two antennas and this signal are received in the modification. The flowchart which shows operation | movement of the modification. The figure which shows the operation | movement of the said antenna switching receiving system when receiving the signal received using two antennas in another modification of the same antenna switching receiving system, and this signal. The block diagram which shows schematic structure of another modification of the same antenna switching reception system. The figure which shows the relationship between the flame | frame received using two antennas, and a counter value in the modification. The figure which shows another relationship between the flame | frame received using two antennas, and a counter value in the modification. The flowchart which shows operation | movement of the modification. The block diagram which shows schematic structure of another modification of the same antenna switching reception system. The figure which shows the operation | movement of the said antenna switching reception system when the signal received using two antennas and this signal are received in the modification. The flowchart which shows operation | movement of the modification. The block diagram which shows schematic structure of another modification of the same antenna switching reception system. The figure which shows the operation | movement of the said antenna switching reception system when the signal received using two antennas and this signal are received in the modification. The flowchart which shows operation | movement of the modification. The block diagram which shows schematic structure of another modification of the same antenna switching reception system. The figure which shows the operation | movement of the said antenna switching reception system when the signal received using two antennas and this signal are received in the modification. The flowchart which shows operation | movement of the modification. The block diagram which shows schematic structure of another modification of the same antenna switching reception system. The figure which shows the operation | movement of the said antenna switching reception system when the signal received using two antennas and this signal are received in the modification. The flowchart which shows operation | movement of the modification.
 以下、本発明の実施形態を本明細書の一部を成す添付図面を参照してより詳細に説明する。図面全体において同一又は類似する部分については同一参照符号を付して説明を省略する。
 (第1実施形態)
 本発明の第1実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムについて図面を参照して説明する。アンテナ切り替え受信システムは、例えば無線通信機能を有する配電盤等に内蔵される。この種の配電盤は、管理者によって操作されるモニタ装置から無線送信された指令を受信して、消費電力等の情報を無線送信する。配電盤から送信された消費電力等の情報を受信したモニタ装置は、配電盤によって電力が分配される領域の現在又は積算の消費電力などを表示する。モニタ装置は、環境等に応じて適宜に設置・移動できるように、配電盤とモニタ装置とは、無線通信機能が付与されている。
 本実施形態において、モニタ装置には単一のアンテナが備えられ、配電盤には複数のアンテナが備えられる。配電盤は、アンテナ切り替え受信システムによって周囲環境に適したアンテナを選択・切り替えながら、モニタ装置との間で安定した無線通信を行う。
 図1は、アンテナ切り替え受信システムの構成を示す。アンテナ切り替え受信システムは、受信器01と複数のアンテナ02等によって構成されている。受信器01は、アンテナ切り替え部03と、RF部04と、ベースバンド部05等によって構成されている。
 アンテナ切り替え部03は、アンテナ02を構成する2つのアンテナA,Bのうち、無線信号を受信するアンテナを切り替える。RF部04は、アンテナA又はBを用いて受信した無線信号をダウンコンバートし、ベースバンド信号を抽出する。ベースバンド部05は、RF部04によって抽出されたベースバンド信号を処理する。
 ベースバンド部05は、復調部06と、同期確立部07と、ユニークワード設定部08と、ユニークワード検出部09と、アンテナ制御部10等によって構成されている。復調部06は、RF部04によって抽出されたベースバンド信号を復調する。同期確立部07は、復調されたベースバンド信号のビット同期を確立する。
 ユニークワード設定部08は、既知のユニークワードのビット列を予め設定し記憶する。既知のユニークワードは、対応する送信システムとの間で共有され、このユニークワードが付与されたパケットが送信システムから送信される。ユニークワード検出部09は、復調されたベースバンド信号を検索し、ユニークワードのビット列を検出する。アンテナ制御部10は、アンテナ切り替えの制御を行う。すなわち、アンテナ制御部10は、ユニークワード検出部09によるユニークワードのビット列の検出結果に基づいて、アンテナの切り替え要否を判断し、アンテナ切り替え部03に対してアンテナの切り替えのための制御信号を出力する。なお、本実施形態は、アンテナ切り替え部03によって2つアンテナを切り替えて無線信号を受信する構成であるが、アンテナの個数は3つ以上であってもよい。
 図2は、アンテナ切り替え受信システムの動作を示す。また、図3は、対応する送信システムから送信される信号と、アンテナ切り替え受信システムによって切り替えられるアンテナとの関係を示す。1つのパケットは、複数対のプリアンブル及びユニークワードとその後に続けて送信されるペイロード等によって構成される。
 アンテナ切り替え受信システムは、アンテナA,Bを所定の周期で切り替えながら(#1)、送信システムから送信される無線信号を受信する(#2)。受信した信号はRF部04によってダウンコンバートされ(#3)、ベースバンド部05の復調部06によって復調され(#4)、同期確立部07によってビット同期が確立され(#5)、ユニークワード検出部09によってユニークワードが検出される(#6)。
 このとき、いずれのタイミングでアンテナA,Bが切り替えられてもプリアンブル及びユニークワードを受信できるように、各アンテナに対して2回ずつ、プリアンブルとユニークワードが送信される。本実施形態においては、2つのアンテナが使用されるので、図3に示すように、プリアンブルとユニークワードが4回ずつ送信される。このように、アンテナ切り替え受信システムに搭載されるアンテナ数の2倍のプリアンブル及びユニークワードが送信され、また、各アンテナはプリアンブル及びユニークワードの送信周期の2倍の周期で切り替えられる。
 図3においては、1度目に送信されたプリアンブルは、その受信中にアンテナが切り替えられて受信できず、2度目に送信されたプリアンブル又はユニークワードは、アンテナBがマルチパスフェージングの影響を受けたことにより受信できない場合が示されている。この場合は、ビット同期を確立できないので、ユニークワードが検出できない(#6においてNOのループを繰り返す)。そして、3度目に送信されたプリアンブルは、その受信中にアンテナが切り替えられて受信できず、4度目に送信されたプリアンブルがアンテナAによって受信され、ビット同期が確立されてユニークワードが検出される。この場合は、#6においてNOのループを経た後、その後のループで#6においてYESを経て、アンテナをAに固定して(#7)、その後のペイロードが受信される(#8)。
 本アンテナ切り替え受信システムによれば、所定周期でアンテナを切り替えながら受信した無線信号の品質を比較して、ペイロードを受信するアンテナを選択する。このため、マルチパスの多発する環境下においても、非同期で次々に新しいパケットを受信する信号に対して、各パケットのペイロード受信前にアンテナ選択を完了できる。これにより、マルチパスフェージングに起因して受信レベルが劣化することによる受信エラーの発生を回避することが可能となる。
 (変形例)
 図4は、上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムの変形例の構成を示す。この変形例のシステムは、図1に示したシステムに対して、閾値設定部11をさらに備える。閾値設定部11は、ユニークワードのビット列とアンテナA,Bを切り替えながら受信した無線信号のビット列との一致度に関する閾値を設定する。
 例えば、ユニークワードが32ビットのビット列で構成される場合、ユニークワードの受信中における通信環境の瞬間的な変動等により、ユニークワードのビット列と受信した無線信号のビット列とが数ビット分一致しない場合がある。このような場合であっても、ペイロードを受信する前に通信環境が回復すれば、問題なくペイロードを受信することができる。そこで、本変形例において、例えば、ユニークワードのビット列に対する受信した無線信号のビット列の誤りが2ビットまで許容される場合、閾値を30ビットと設定する。これにより、ユニークワードのビット列と受信した無線信号のビット列とが30ビット以上一致すれば、ユニークワード検出部09は、ユニークワードを検出したと判断する。このように、閾値は、ユニークワードのビット列に対する受信した無線信号のビット列の誤り数の許容限界値に応じて設定される。より具体的には、ユニークワードのビット数から許容限界値のビット数を減じた値が閾値として設定される。
 図5は、本変形例によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムの動作を示す。同期確立部07によってビット同期が確立された後(#5)、ユニークワード検出部09は、ユニークワード設定部08によって記憶されているユニークワードのビット列と受信した無線信号のビット列とを比較する。このとき、閾値設定部11によって設定された閾値以上のビット数が一致したとき(#9においてYES)、ユニークワード検出部09は、ユニークワードを検出したと判断し、#7に移行する。一方、閾値設定部11によって設定された閾値以上のビット数が一致しないとき(#9においてNO)、#2に戻る。
 本変形例によれば、ユニークワードのビット列と受信した無線信号のビット列とが閾値以上一致すれば、ユニークワード検出部09は、ユニークワードを検出したと判断する。これにより、ユニークワードの受信中における通信環境の瞬間的な変動等が発生し、その後、ペイロードを受信する前に通信環境が回復する場合に、問題なく受信したペイロードのパケットを看過することを回避できる。この変形例におけるユニークワードの検出動作は、例えば請求項2におけるユニークワードの検出に適用できる。
 (変形例)
 図6は、上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムの別の変形例の構成を示す。この変形例のシステムは、図1に示したシステムにおけるユニークワード検出部09の一形態として、複数ユニークワード検出部12を適用している。また、この変形例においては、各アンテナ毎に受信した無線信号の品質を検出し比較する信号品質比較部13をさらに備える。
 図7は、本変形例によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムの動作を示す。また、図8は、対応する送信システムから送信される信号と、アンテナ切り替え受信システムによって切り替えられるアンテナとの関係の一例を示す。また、図9は、対応する送信システムから送信される信号と、アンテナ切り替え受信システムによって切り替えられるアンテナ及び各アンテナによって受信される信号との関係の別の例を示す。
 本変形例においては、対応する送信システムから、相異なるビット列から成る複数のユニークワードが特定の順序でペイロードの前に送信される。そして、対応する送信システムから送信される複数のユニークワードと同一の複数のユニークワードが、ユニークワード設定部08によって予め設定され記憶されている。すなわち、図9において、それぞれのユニークワード(UW1~UW4)は、相異なるビット列によって構成される。なお、図8に示す場合は、ユニークワードUW1~UW3は同一でユニークワードUW4のみ異なるものであってもよい。複数ユニークワード検出部12は、複数のユニークワードUW1~UW4を個別に検出する。そして、複数ユニークワード検出部12が検出したユニークワード毎に異なるアンテナ選択動作が割り当てられる。
 図7において、同期確立部07によってビット同期が確立された後(#5)、複数ユニークワード検出部12によってユニークワードUW1~UW3のうちいずれか1つが検出されると、予め設定されている動作を実施する(#13~#32)。この動作に関しては、後述する。
 一方、複数ユニークワード検出部12が最後のユニークワードであるユニークワードUW4を検出すると(#13,#22,#31においてNO、#12においてYES)、アンテナを固定したまま、その後のペイロードを受信する(#8)。図8においては、アンテナAによってユニークワードUW4が受信され、アンテナAによってペイロードが受信される場合を示している。一方、複数ユニークワード検出部12が最後のユニークワードであるユニークワードUW4を検出しなかった場合は(#12においてNO)、#2に戻る。このように、図8においては、ペイロードの頭出しのために最後のユニークワードUW4を検出したことを認識できればいいので、ユニークワードUW1~UW3は同一でユニークワードUW4のみ異なるものであってもよい。
 以下、#13~#32の動作について説明する。複数ユニークワード検出部12によってユニークワードUW1が検索され検出されると(#13においてYES)、信号品質比較部13が受信した無線信号の品質を検出する(#14)。すなわち、ユニークワードUW1の信号品質が検出される。そして、アンテナを切り替えた後(#15)、複数ユニークワード検出部12がユニークワードUW2を検索し(#16)、ユニークワードUW2が検出されると(#17においてYES)、信号品質比較部13がユニークワードUW2の品質を検出する(#18)。さらに信号品質比較部13は、ユニークワードUW1とユニークワードUW2の信号品質を比較して、ペイロードを受信するアンテナを選択する。この場合の一例として、図9にはアンテナAによって受信されたユニークワードUW1が、アンテナBによって受信されたユニークワードUW2よりも信号品質に優れ、再度アンテナを切り替えてアンテナAによってペイロードを受信する動作が示されている。
 アンテナ切り替え後、すなわちユニークワードUW2の信号品質がよければ(#19においてNO)、ユニークワードUW2を受信したアンテナに固定し(#20)、#12に移行する。一方、アンテナ切り替え前、すなわちユニークワードUW1の信号品質がよければ(#19においてYES)、ユニークワードUW1を受信したアンテナに切り替えて(#21)、#12に移行する。なお、#12においてユニークワードUW4を受信するのは、ペイロードの頭出しのためである。
 複数ユニークワード検出部12によってユニークワードUW1が検出されない場合は(#13においてNO)、以下の動作を行う。複数ユニークワード検出部12によって次のユニークワードUW2が検索され検出されると(#22においてYES)、信号品質比較部13が受信した無線信号の品質を検出する(#23)。すなわち、ユニークワードUW2の信号品質が検出される。そして、アンテナを切り替えた後(#24)、複数ユニークワード検出部12がユニークワードUW3を検索し(#25)、ユニークワードUW3が検出されると(#26においてYES)、信号品質比較部13がユニークワードUW3の品質を検出する(#27)。さらに信号品質比較部13は、ユニークワードUW2とユニークワードUW3の信号品質を比較して、ペイロードを受信するアンテナを選択する。
 アンテナ切り替え後、すなわちユニークワードUW3の信号品質がよければ(#28においてNO)、ユニークワードUW3を受信したアンテナに固定し(#29)、#12に移行する。一方、アンテナ切り替え前、すなわちユニークワードUW2の信号品質がよければ(#28においてYES)、ユニークワードUW2を受信したアンテナに切り替えて(#30)、#12に移行する。
 複数ユニークワード検出部12によってユニークワードUW2が検出されない場合は(#22においてNO)、以下の動作を行う。複数ユニークワード検出部12によってユニークワードUW3が検索され検出されると(#31においてYES)、ユニークワードUW3を受信したアンテナに固定し(#32)、#12に移行する。一方、複数ユニークワード検出部12によってユニークワードUW3が検出されない場合は(#31においてNO)、アンテナを固定せずに(つまり、周期的なアンテナ切り替えのまま)#12に移行する。このように、ユニークワードUW1を検出したとき、信号品質比較部13は、ユニークワードUW1とユニークワードUW2の信号品質を比較し、ユニークワードUW2を検出したときは、ユニークワードUW2とユニークワードUW3の信号品質を比較する。しかし、一方のアンテナでユニークワードUW1,UW2が検出できず、もう一方のアンテナでユニークワードUW3又はUW4を検出した場合は、アンテナを切り替える意義がなくなるため、信号品質比較部13は、アンテナ毎のレベル比較を行わない。なお、#13、#22において、瞬間的なノイズ等の影響を受け、ユニークワードUW1、UW2を検出できない場合も考えられる。そこで、#31において複数ユニークワード検出部12によってユニークワードUW3が検出されると、アンテナを切り替えてユニークワードUW4を検出し、ユニークワードUW3とユニークワードUW4の信号品質を比較するように構成してもよい。また、#17において、ユニークワードUW2を検出できない場合は、ユニークワードUW3又はUW4を検出し、ユニークワードUW1とユニークワードUW3又はUW4の信号品質を比較するように構成してもよい。同様に、#26において、ユニークワードUW3を検出できない場合は、ユニークワードUW4を検出し、ユニークワードUW2とユニークワードUW4の信号品質を比較するように構成してもよい。
 本変形例においては、ユニークワード設定部に記憶されている複数のユニークワードと同一の複数のユニークワードが同一の順序でペイロードの前に送信され、複数ユニークワード検出部12は、複数のユニークワードUW1~UW4を個別に検出する。これにより、検出したユニークワード毎に異なるアンテナ選択動作を割り当てることが可能となる。
 例えば、ペイロード直前の最後のユニークワードUW4を検出したとき、アンテナを切り替えることなくその後のペイロードを受信したりすることができる。また、信号品質比較部13が各アンテナによって受信された信号の品質を比較し、アンテナ制御部10が、より信号品質が高いと判断されるアンテナを選択してペイロードを受信する。これにより、常により品質の高い受信信号が得られるアンテナでペイロードを受信することが可能となる。なお、切り替えられるアンテナが3つ以上設けられている場合、信号品質比較部13は、各アンテナによって受信された信号の品質を比較し、最も信号品質が高いと判断されるアンテナを選択してペイロードを受信する。
 (変形例)
 図10は、上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムのさらに別の変形例の構成を示す。この変形例のシステムは、図6に示したシステムにおける信号品質比較部13の一形態として、受信レベル比較部14を適用している。受信レベル比較部14は、各アンテナの受信レベルを検出し、比較する。アンテナの受信レベルは、例えばRSSI(Received Signal Strength Indication)を検出することによって取得できる。
 図11は、本変形例によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムの動作を示す。同期確立部07によってビット同期が確立された後(#5)、複数ユニークワード検出部12によってユニークワードUW1又はUW2が検出されると(#33においてYES)、受信レベル比較部14はユニークワードを検出したアンテナの受信レベルを検出し(#34)、アンテナを切り替える(#35)。なお、複数ユニークワード検出部12が、ユニークワードUW1又はUW2を検出できなかった場合は(#33においてNO)、#2に戻る。アンテナを切り替えると、受信レベル比較部14は切り替えられたアンテナの受信レベルを検出し(#36)、受信レベルの比較を行う(#37)。その結果、アンテナ切り替え前の受信レベルがよければ(#37においてYES)、#33においてユニークワードUW1又はUW2を受信したアンテナに切り替えて(#21)、#8に移行する。一方、アンテナ切り替え後の受信レベルがよければ(#37においてNO)、アンテナを切り替えることなく固定し(#20)、#8に移行する。
 本変形例においては、ユニークワードUW1又はUW2を検出した後に、受信レベルの比較を行うため、対応する送信システム以外の機器から送信された妨害波の影響を排除することができる。また、RSSI検出回路を備えている無線ICであれば、容易に受信レベルを検出・比較できるので、複雑な制御をする必要がなく、開発が容易となりシステムのコストダウンを図ることができる。
 (変形例)
 図12は、上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムのさらに別の変形例の構成を示す。この変形例のシステムは、図6に示したシステムにおける信号品質比較部13の一形態として、ユニークワード誤り数比較部15を適用している。ユニークワード誤り数比較部15は、ユニークワード設定部に記憶されているユニークワードのビット列に対する各アンテナによって受信した無線信号のビット列の誤り数を比較する。上記誤り数は、複数ユニークワード検出部12がユニークワードを検出する際に計数される。
 図13は、本変形例によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムの動作を示す。同期確立部07によってビット同期が確立された後(#5)、複数ユニークワード検出部12によってユニークワードUW1又はUW2が検出されると(#33においてYES)、ユニークワード誤り数比較部15は、ユニークワードの誤り数を検出し、アンテナを切り替える(#38)。なお、複数ユニークワード検出部12が、ユニークワードUW1又はUW2を検出できなかった場合は(#33においてNO)、#2に戻る。
 ユニークワードUW1又はUW2が検出されると、ユニークワード誤り数比較部15は切り替えられたアンテナにおけるユニークワードの誤り数を検出する(#39)。そして、ユニークワード誤り数比較部15は、アンテナ切り替え前後において検出したユニークワードの誤り数を比較する(#40)。その結果、アンテナ切り替え前の誤り数の方が少なければ(#40においてYES)、#33においてユニークワードUW1又はUW2を受信したアンテナに切り替えて(#21)、#8に移行する。一方、アンテナ切り替え後の誤り数の方が少なければ(#40においてNO)、アンテナを切り替えることなく固定し(#20)、#8に移行する。
 本変形例においては、ユニークワードのビット列の誤り数の検出結果に基づいてアンテナ選択を行うので、通信相手以外の送信システムからの妨害波の影響を受けて受信レベルが高くなる場合であっても、アンテナ選択を誤ってしまうことを防止できる。
 (変形例)
 図14は、上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムのさらに別の変形例の構成を示す。この変形例のシステムは、図6に示したシステムにおける信号品質比較部13の一形態として、受信レベル比較部14及びユニークワード誤り数比較部15を適用している。受信レベル比較部14は、各アンテナの受信レベルを検出し、比較する。アンテナの受信レベルは、例えばRSSI(Received Signal Strength Indication)を検出することによって取得できる。ユニークワード誤り数比較部15は、ユニークワード設定部に記憶されているユニークワードのビット列に対する各アンテナによって受信した無線信号のビット列の誤り数を比較する。上記誤り数は、複数ユニークワード検出部12がユニークワードを検出する際に計数される。
 図15は、本変形例によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムの動作を示す。また、図16は、対応する送信システムから送信される信号と、アンテナ切り替え受信システムによって切り替えられるアンテナ及び各アンテナによって受信される信号との関係を示す。
 図15において、同期確立部07によってビット同期が確立された後(#5)、複数ユニークワード検出部12によってユニークワードUW1又はUW2が検出されると(#33においてYES)、受信レベル比較部14はユニークワードを検出したアンテナの受信レベルを検出する。また、ユニークワード誤り数比較部15は、ユニークワードの誤り数を検出し、アンテナを切り替える(#41)。なお、ここで検出される誤り数は、#33においてユニークワードUW1又はUW2が検出されているので、段落「0043」に記載されている許容限界値以下となる。図16においては、アンテナAによってユニークワードUW1が受信され、ユニークワードUW1の誤り数及びアンテナAの受信レベルが検出され、アンテナBに切り替えられる。なお、複数ユニークワード検出部12が、ユニークワードUW1又はUW2を検出できなかった場合は(#33においてNO)、#2に戻る。
 ユニークワードUW1又はUW2が検出されると、ユニークワード誤り数比較部15は切り替えられたアンテナにおけるユニークワードの誤り数を検出し、受信レベル比較部14は切り替えられたアンテナの受信レベルを検出する(#42)。図16においては、アンテナBによってユニークワードUW2が受信され、ユニークワードUW2の誤り数及びアンテナBの受信レベルが検出される。そして、#42において検出した誤り数は、ユニークワード誤り数比較部15によって所定の許容限界値と比較され、許容限界値以下であれば(#43においてYES)、受信レベル比較部14が受信レベルの比較を行う(#37)。この場合、#41及び#42において検出した誤り数は、共に許容限界値以下となる。
 そして、受信レベルの比較の結果、図16に示すように、アンテナ切り替え前、すなわちユニークワードUW1の受信レベルがよければ(#37においてYES)、ユニークワードUW1を受信したアンテナに切り替えて(#21)、#8に移行する。一方、アンテナ切り替え後、すなわちユニークワードUW2の受信レベルがよければ(#37においてNO)、ユニークワードUW2を受信したアンテナBに固定し(#20)、#8に移行する。
 なお、#33において、最初にユニークワードUW2が検出される場合には、アンテナの切り替え後(#41)、ユニークワードUW3の誤り数及び受信レベルが検出される(#42)。また、最初にユニークワードUW3又はUW4が検出される場合には、アンテナ切り替えは行わない(図15には未記載)。
 #41,#42において検出した誤り数を比較することにより、信号品質の高いアンテナを判断できる確率は、100%にはならないものの、実用上それほど問題ないレベルのある程度の高さで期待できる。例えば、アンテナAの受信レベルが十分に高く、アンテナBの受信レベルが許容限度の近傍であっても、アンテナAで受信したユニークワードのビット列の誤り数に対して、アンテナBで受信した同ビット列の誤り数が少ない場合が、確率上存在する。しかしながら、その確率が問題にならない程度に低い場合は、誤り数が異なる場合には、誤り数の少ないアンテナを選択し、誤り数が同じ場合にだけ、受信レベルを比較してアンテナを選択することもできる。
 本変形例においては、複数のアンテナによって受信した無線信号のレベルと、各アンテナによって受信した無線信号のビット列の誤り数の2つを比較し、最適なアンテナに固定してペイロードを受信する。これにより、例えば、一方のアンテナの受信レベルが十分に高く、他方のアンテナの受信レベルが許容限度の近傍であった場合であって、該他方のアンテナでユニークワードのビット列に誤りが発生しなかったときでも、受信レベルの比較により正しいアンテナ選択が可能となる。また、各アンテナによって受信した無線信号のビット列の誤り数が等しい場合であっても、受信レベルの比較により正しいアンテナ選択が可能となる。また、受信レベルの比較のみならず、ユニークワードのビット列の誤り数
 の検出結果も併用してアンテナ選択を行うので、通信相手以外の送信システムからの妨害波の影響を受けてアンテナ選択を誤ってしまうことを防止できる。
 (変形例)
 図17は、上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムのさらに別の変形例の構成を示す。この変形例のシステムは、図6に示したシステムにおける信号品質比較部13の一形態として、プリアンブル・ユニークワード誤り数比較部16を適用している。プリアンブル・ユニークワード誤り数比較部16は、プリアンブル及びユニークワードのビット列に対する各アンテナによって受信した無線信号のビット列の誤り数を比較する。上記誤り数は、複数ユニークワード検出部12がユニークワードを検出しアンテナを切り替えた後、検出される。
 図18は、本変形例によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムの動作を示す。同期確立部07によってビット同期が確立された後(#5)、複数ユニークワード検出部12によってユニークワードUW1又はUW2が検出されると(#33においてYES)、アンテナを切り替える(#35)。そして、プリアンブル・ユニークワード誤り数比較部16は、次のユニークワードだけでなくそのユニークワード直前のプリアンブルを含めた誤り数を検出する(#44)。図19においては、アンテナAによってユニークワードUW1が検出された後、アンテナが切り替えられ、アンテナBによってプリアンブル及びユニークワードUW2の誤り数が検出される。そして、さらにアンテナを切り替えて(#45)、#44と同様にプリアンブル・ユニークワード誤り数比較部16は、次のプリアンブルとユニークワードの誤り数を検出する(#46)。図19においては、再びアンテナAに切り替えられた後、プリアンブル及びユニークワードUW3の誤り数が検出される。さらに、プリアンブル・ユニークワード誤り数比較部16は、アンテナ切り替え前後において検出したプリアンブル及びユニークワードの誤り数を比較して(#47)、ペイロードを受信するアンテナを選択する(#20,#21)。図19においては、アンテナAによって受信したプリアンブル及びユニークワードの誤り数が少なく、アンテナAに固定してペイロードが受信される。
 なお、図19に示した例において、ユニークワードUW2とユニークワードUW3をそれぞれ対となるプリアンブルを含めて比較するのは、以下の理由による。すなわち、ユニークワードUW1の対となるプリアンブルはビット同期が確立していないので、”0”又は”1”の判別ができないため、誤り数の比較に使用できないためである。また、ユニークワードUW1が検出できずユニークワードUW2を検出した場合は、ユニークワードUW3とユニークワードUW4の誤り数をそれぞれ対となるプリアンブルを含めて比較する。ユニークワードUW3又はUW4を検出した場合は、アンテナ切り替えは行わない。なお、図19においては、アンテナAによってユニークワードUW1を検出した後、続けてプリアンブル及びユニークワードUW2の誤り数を検出し、その後アンテナBに切り替えた後、プリアンブル及びユニークワードUW3の誤り数を検出してもよい。
 本変形例においては、プリアンブルとユニークワードの既知のビット列に対する各アンテナによって受信した無線信号のビット列の誤り数を比較し、最も誤り数が少ないアンテナを選択・固定してペイロードを受信する。このため、アンテナの選択に使用するビット数が増え、アンテナ選択判断の精度をより一層向上させることが可能となる。例えば、プリアンブルのビット列が128ビットであり、ユニークワードのビット列が32ビットである場合、それらを合計した160ビットに対する誤り数を検出し、アンテナ選択をすることができ、より正確な判断が可能となる。
 (変形例)
 図20は、上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムのさらに別の変形例の構成を示す。この変形例のシステムは、図6に示したシステムにおける信号品質比較部13の一形態として、ユニークワード誤り数比較部15を適用している。また、この変形例においては、第1カウンタ17をさらに備える。第1カウンタ17は、プリアンブルを挟んでその両端のユニークワードの受信間隔に相当する第1所定時間(1つのパケット内であるユニークワードを検出した後、次のユニークワードの先頭を受信するまでの時間)をカウントする。
 図3、図8、図9、図16及び図19等において、各プリアンブルを構成するビット列は同一であるため、そのビット数は同一となることから、各ユニークワードは、同一の時間間隔で、対応する送信システムから送信される。従って、あるユニークワードを検出した後、第1カウンタ17によってプリアンブルの送信時間、すなわちユニークワードの受信間隔に相当する第1所定時間をカウントすることより、次のユニークワードの頭出しをすることができる。
 図21は、本変形例によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムの動作を示す。複数ユニークワード検出部12によってユニークワードUW1又はUW2が検出されると(#33においてYES)、ユニークワード誤り数比較部15は、ユニークワードの誤り数を検出し、アンテナを切り替える(#38)。そして、第1カウンタ17は、カウントを開始、継続して(#48、#49、#50においてNO)、プリアンブルの送信時間に相当する第1所定時間をカウントすると(#50においてYES)、次のユニークワードの受信を開始したものとみなす。これに伴い、複数ユニークワード検出部12はユニークワードを検出し、ユニークワード誤り数比較部15は、ユニークワードの誤り数を検出する(#51)。
 そして、アンテナ切り替え後の誤り数が少なければ(#40においてNO)、切り替え後のアンテナに固定し(#20)、#8に移行する。また、アンテナ切り替え前の誤り数が少なければ(#40においてYES)、アンテナを再び切り替えて(#21)、#8に移行する。
 本変形例においては、第1カウンタ17が、一方のアンテナでユニークワードを検出したタイミングから、他方のアンテナで比較用のユニークワードを検出するタイミングまでをカウントする。そして、ユニークワード誤り数比較部15は、そのタイミングから開始されるビット列を次のユニークワードのビット列とみなして、ユニークワードの誤り数を検出する。これにより、他方のアンテナの受信レベルが低いため又は、突発的に発生したノイズ等の影響を受けたことにより、次のプリアンブルでビット同期が確立できない、又はユニークワードがノイズと同等レベルであった場合であっても、他方のアンテナで受信した信号からユニークワードを検出し、その誤り数を検出できるようになる。
 (変形例)
 図22は、上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムのさらに別の変形例の構成を示す。この変形例のシステムは、図6に示したシステムにおける信号品質比較部13の一形態として、ユニークワード誤り数比較部15を適用している。また、この変形例においては、第2カウンタ18をさらに備える。第2カウンタ18は、アンテナを切り替えた後、第2所定時間をカウントする。ここで、第2カウンタ18がカウントする第2所定時間は、少なくとも対応する送信システムがユニークワードを構成するビット列の送信に要する時間とされる。
 図23は、本変形例によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムの動作を示す。また、図24は、本変形例の第2カウンタ18を有しない構成において、対応する送信システムから送信される信号と、アンテナ切り替え受信システムによって切り替えられるアンテナ及び各アンテナによって受信される信号との関係を示す。また、図25は、本変形例の第2カウンタ18を有する構成において、対応する送信システムから送信される信号と、アンテナ切り替え受信システムによって切り替えられるアンテナ及び各アンテナによって受信される信号との関係を示す。
 図24に示すように、受信しているアンテナがユニークワードUW1の残り数ビット(例えば1ビット)のタイミングT1で、受信状態の良好なアンテナAからフェージングの影響を受けているアンテナBに切り替わる場合を想定する。ここで、アンテナAはタイミングT1以前で受信状態が良好であり、ユニークワードUW1の誤り数が上述した許容限界値未満であったものとする。本来であれば、アンテナBはフェージングの影響を受けているため、ユニークワードUW1の残り数ビットが検出できないはずであるが、残り数ビットであればユニークワード設定部08に記憶されているユニークワードと偶然に一致する可能性がある。このとき、ユニークワード検出部09は、ユニークワードUW1の「末尾」を受信したアンテナBによって受信された信号からユニークワードUW1が検出されたと判断する。その後T2でアンテナAに切り替えられた後ユニークワードUW2が検出されることになるが、仮にこの過程で上記数ビット以上の誤りが生ずると、アンテナ制御部10は、ペイロードを受信するアンテナとして、アンテナBを誤って選択してしまう。ところが、アンテナBは上述の通りフェージングの影響を受けているため、ペイロードの受信にエラーが生ずる結果を招くことになる。
 上記不具合の発生は、ユニークワード検出部09が、あるユニークワードの「末尾」を受信したアンテナによって、そのユニークワードが受信されたと判断することにも起因している。しかしながら、ユニークワード検出部09が、あるユニークワードの「先頭」を受信したアンテナによって、そのユニークワードが受信されたと判断する構成であっても、アンテナの切り替えタイミングによっては、同様の不具合が生ずる。
 そこで、本変形例にあっては、アンテナを切り替え後、第2カウンタ18が所定時間をカウントするまでは、ユニークワードの検出を行わない(ユニークワードの検出結果を無効とする)ことにより、上記不具合の発生を防止する。
 すなわち、図23中、#1においてアンテナを切り替えると、第2カウンタをリセットした後(#52)、カウントを開始・継続しながら(#53)、#2に移行し、無線信号を受信する。その後、ダウンコンバート、復調、同期確立の動作を経た後(#3~#5)、第2カウンタのカウント値がユニークワードのビット数と一致すると(#53の2においてYES)、#13に移行する。以後#13乃至#32の動作については図7と同様であるが、本変形例にあっては、#19、#28における信号品質の比較にあたって、信号品質の指標として#14、#18、#23、#27において検出したユニークワードの誤り数を適用している。そして、#12においてユニークワードUW4が検出されると(#12においてYES)、そのアンテナでペイロードを受信する(#8)。ユニークワードUW4が検出されない場合、所定周期が到来するまでは(#53の3においてNO)、#2~#53の3のループを繰り返す。そして、所定周期が到来すると(#12においてNO、#53の3においてYES)、#1に戻ってアンテナを切り替えて、#1~#53の3のループを繰り返す。こうして、ユニークワードUW4が検出され、ペイロードが受信される(#8)。なお、#53の3における所定周期とは、#1における所定周期と同じであり、プリアンブル及びユニークワードの送信周期の2倍の周期である。
 本変形例は、図25に示すように、タイミングT1で、受信状態の良好なアンテナAからフェージングの影響を受けているアンテナBに切り替わる場合であっても、第2カウンタ18が第2所定時間をカウントするまでは、ユニークワードの検出を行わない。これにより、アンテナBではユニークワードUW1は検出されないため、図24に示した不具合は発生しない。その後は、フェージングの影響を受けているアンテナBによってユニークワードUW2,UW3は検出されることはない。そして、ユニークワードUW3の受信途中において、#53の3のアンテナ切り替えの所定周期が到来し、アンテナが切り替えられると、アンテナAによってユニークワードUW4が検出され、ペイロードを受信可能となる。
 本変形例においては、アンテナを切り替え後、ユニークワードを構成するビット列の送信に要する時間に相当する第2所定時間が第2カウンタ18によってカウントされるまでは、ユニークワードの検出を行わないように構成されている。これにより、一方のアンテナで残り数ビットを検出する直前のタイミングで他方のアンテナに切り替わる場合に遭遇しても、他方のアンテナの方が受信状態が良好であると誤判断し、アンテナ選択を誤ってしまう不具合を回避することが可能となる。
 (変形例)
 図26は、上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムの変形例の構成を示す。この変形例のシステムは、図1に示したシステムに対して、パケットエンド検出部19をさらに備える。パケットエンド検出部19は、パケットの終端を検出する。パケットの終端は、例えばペイロードの終端に添付されたパケットエンド信号を検出することにより知得できる。また、受信システムにとってパケット長(又はペイロードのデータ長)が既知である場合は、カウンタでパケット長に相当する時間をカウントしてパケットの終端を検出してもよい。
 図27は、本変形例によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムの動作を示す。#8においてペイロードの受信を開始すると、パケットエンドを検出するまではペイロードの受信を継続する(#54においてNO)。パケットエンドを検出すると(#54においてYES)、#1に戻り、アンテナ制御部10は、アンテナを所定周期で切り替える制御に自動的に復帰して、次のパケットを受信する。
 本変形例においては、ペイロードの受信完了をパケットエンドの検出により検知した後、自動的にアンテナの周期的な切り替え動作に移行してユニークワードの検索に復帰する。このため、送信システムと受信システムが非同期であって、送信システムから次々と送信される新しいパケットを受信する場合にもアンテナ切り替え動作に復帰して適切に対応することができる。
 (変形例)
 図28は、上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムの変形例の構成を示す。この変形例のシステムは、図12に示したシステムに対して、ユニークワード誤り数比較部15と第3カウンタ20をさらに備える。第3カウンタ20は、複数ユニークワード検出部12が受信中のパケット内における最後の(ペイロード直前の)ユニークワードを検出した後、第3所定時間をカウントする。
 ペイロードに含まれるデータは任意であるため、ペイロードのビット列がユニークワードのビット列と一致することが希に生ずる。そこで、本変形例においては、ペイロードを受信中の第3所定時間はユニークワードの検出を行わない又は検出しても無効とするようにして、誤検出を防止する。
 図29は、本変形例によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムの動作を示す。複数ユニークワード検出部12が最後のユニークワードを検出すると(#55においてYES)、第3カウンタ20がカウントを開始する(#55の2)。そして、#7,#8を経て、第3カウンタ20のカウント中は、いずれのユニークワードの検出も行わない(#55の2,#7,#8,#56においてNOのループ)。第3カウンタ20が第3所定時間をカウントすると(#56においてYES)、第3カウンタ20のカウントを停止して、カウント値をリセットし#1に戻る。
 図30及び図31は、本変形例によって受信されるパケットと第3所定時間の関係を示す。図30は定期通信、図31は非定期通信を示す。第3所定時間は、例えば定期通信においてパケットの受信間隔が既知の場合、あるパケットのユニークワードが受信された後、次のパケットが受信される直前までの時間とする。また、図31に示す非定期通信においてパケットの受信間隔が不明の場合は、あるパケットのユニークワードを受信した後、そのパケットにおけるペイロードを受信している時間を第3所定時間とすることができる。この場合において、ペイロードのデータ長が既知であるときはそのデータ長に相当する時間を第3所定時間とする。また、ペイロードのデータ長が不明であるときは、第3カウンタ20が第3所定時間をカウントする替わりに、上述したパケットエンド検出部19がパケットエンド信号を検出する構成であってもよい。なお、複数ユニークワード検出部12は最後のユニークワードを検出する替わりにいずれか特定のユニークワードを検出し、そこからそのパケット内のペイロードの先頭までの時間を含めた第3所定時間をカウントする構成であってもよい。
 本変形例においては、ユニークワードの検出後、第3所定時間は、ユニークワードの検出を行わないように構成されているので、ペイロード内のビット列を誤ってユニークワードとして検出することを回避することが可能となる。また、定期通信で通信間隔が既知の場合は、受信信号が無い期間もユニークワードの検出を行わないように構成されているので、対応する送信システムからの送信がないときに、ノイズをユニークワードとして誤検出してしまうことも防止できる。
 (変形例)
 図32は、上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムの変形例の構成を示す。この変形例のシステムは、図1に示したシステムに対して、受信レベル検出部21をさらに備える。受信レベル検出部21は、いずれかのアンテナを介して受信した無線信号のレベルを検出する。
 本変形例においては、受信システムは、「低消費モード」と通常の「ダイバーシチ受信モード」の2つの動作モードを有する。「低消費モード」においては、アンテナ切り替え部03、RF部04、アンテナ制御部10及び受信レベル検出部21は通常の「ダイバーシチ受信モード」と同様に動作し、その他のブロックは消費電力の少ないスリープ状態で待機される。「低消費モード」において、受信レベル検出部21が所定の第1閾値以上の信号レベルを検出すると、受信システムは、通常の「ダイバーシチ受信モード」に移行する。一方、通常の「ダイバーシチ受信モード」において、受信レベル検出部21が所定期間に亘って所定閾値以上の信号レベルを検出しなかった場合は、「低消費モード」に移行する。その他、例えば1時間に1回の定期通信がなされる通信システムにおいて、その定期通信が終了した後は自動的に「低消費モード」に移行する構成であってもよい。
 図33は、本変形例によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムの動作を示す。また、図34は、受信したパケットと、動作モードの切り替え等の関係を示す。図33において、受信システムが「低消費モード」で動作中であっても(#58)、アンテナ制御部10からアンテナ切り替え部03にアンテナの切り替えのための制御信号が出力され、アンテナが所定の周期で切り替えられる(#1)。「低消費モード」において待機中にアンテナを固定すると、もしフェージング等の影響を受けた場合、そのアンテナでの受信レベルが低く抑えられてしまうことがあり、「ダイバーシチ受信モード」に移行できない可能性がある。そこで、本変形例では、「低消費モード」において待機中にフェージングが発生してもその影響を受けないように、低消費モードで動作中であってもアンテナを所定周期で切り替える(図34参照)。
 「低消費モード」で動作中に、受信レベル検出部21が図34に示す所定の第1閾値以上の信号レベルを検出すると(#59においてYES)、受信システムは、通常の「ダイバーシチ受信モード」に移行し、#3以降の動作を実行する。
 本変形例においては、受信レベルが第1閾値以上になるまでは、受信システムは「低消費モード」で待機するので、システムの消費電流を低減することが可能となる。また、「低消費モード」においても、アンテナが所定の周期で切り替えられるので、フェージングの影響を受けることなく、第1閾値以上の受信レベルの無線信号を検知することができ、確実に「ダイバーシチ受信モード」に移行できる。
 (変形例)
 図35は、上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムの変形例の構成を示す。この変形例のシステムは、図1に示したシステムに対して、選択アンテナ記憶部22と通知部23をさらに備える。選択アンテナ記憶部22は、ペイロードを受信する際にアンテナ制御部10によって選択されたアンテナを記憶する。通知部23は、ユーザ(受信システムの管理者を含む)にアンテナに関する情報を、音声又は光等を用いて通知する。
 図36は、本変形例によって受信されるパケットと、そのパケットを受信する際に選択されていたアンテナの関係を示す。図36に示すように、パケットのペイロードの受信にあたってアンテナ制御部10によって選択されたアンテナ(図36においては、アンテナA)に関する情報は、選択アンテナ記憶部22に記憶される。通知部23は、選択アンテナ記憶部22を参照し、所定回数以上連続していずれか一方のアンテナが選択された場合、ユーザにその旨を通知する。図36に示す場合は、連続してアンテナAが選択されている旨の通知がなされる。また、選択されているアンテナを特定せず、単に一方のアンテナのみが連続して選択されている旨の通知を行うようにしてもよい。
 本変形例においては、所定回数以上連続していずれか一方のアンテナを用いてペイロードを受信している場合は、その旨をユーザに通知する。このため、ダイバーシチの効果が無い、若しくは一方のアンテナ等が故障していることをユーザが知ることができ、ダイバーシチの効果の高い場所に機器を移動させたり、アンテナ等を修理したりすることが可能となる。
 (変形例)
 図37は、上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムの変形例の構成を示す。この変形例のシステムは、図1に示したシステムに対して、受信レベル通知部24とダイバーシチオン/オフ切り替え部(切り替え機能設定部)24の2をさらに備える。受信レベル通知部24は、受信した無線信号のレベルを検出し、ユーザに音声又は光等を用いて通知する。この通知は、必要に応じて行うものとしてもよく、ユーザからの要求に応じて行うものとしてもよい。ダイバーシチオン/オフ切り替え部24の2は、ユーザがアンテナ切り替え機能のオン(有効)/オフ(無効)を手動で設定するために設けられる。ユーザは、受信レベル通知部24から出力される通知を確認し、必要に応じてダイバーシチオン/オフ切り替え部24の2を操作することにより、ダイバーシチすなわちアンテナ切り替え機能の有効/無効を手動で設定できる。
 図38は、本変形例によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムの動作を示す。まず、受信レベル通知部24は、受信した無線信号のレベルを検出し、ユーザに音声又は光等を用いて通知する(#60)。この通知により受信レベルを知得したユーザによってダイバーシチオン/オフ切り替え部24の2が操作され、ダイバーシチ機能がオフされると(#60の2においてNO)、アンテナを固定した状態で無線信号が受信される(#61)。一方、ユーザによってダイバーシチ機能がオンされると(#60の2においてYES)、アンテナを一定の周期で切り替えながら無線信号が受信される(#1以降)。
 図39は、アンテナ切り替え機能を有効にしたときと無効にしたときの対応する送信システムから送信されるパケットの構成を示す。アンテナ切り替え機能を有効にしたときは、アンテナの個数の2倍のユニークワード及びそれに対となるプリアンブルが添付されて送信される。一方、アンテナ切り替え機能を無効にしたときは、単一のプリアンブル及びユニークワードが添付されていれば足りることになる。その結果、パケット長が短くなり、伝送効率が向上する。なお、本変形例においては、受信システムに送信機能を、対応する送信システムに受信機能をそれぞれ追加することにより、送信システムにアンテナ切り替え機能の有効/無効を通知し認識させることができる。
 本変形例においては、受信レベル通知部24を備えているので、ユーザが受信システムの外部から受信レベルを監視でき、アンテナ切り替え機能の有効/無効を手動で設定できる。このため、例えば受信レベルが十分高い通信環境では、アンテナ切り替え機能を無効に設定し、消費電力を低減できる。このとき、アンテナ切り替え機能を無効にした旨を対応する送信システムに通知して認識させることにより、図39に示すように、送信システムは1つのパケットにつき単一のプリアンブルとユニークワードを添付して送信すればよくなる。従って、単位時間当たりに送信できるバケット数が増加し、伝送効率を向上させることが可能となる。また、これによって、受信システムによる受信時間も短縮されるので、受信システムのさらなる低消費電力化にも貢献できる。なお、アンテナ切り替え機能を無効にした旨の通知は、例えば後述する無線器100と無線器200に相当する構成によって実現される。また、受信レベルが十分高い通信環境でも障害物の配置等、周辺環境の変化が大きくなり、通信に不具合が発生することが懸念される場合には、通信の信頼性を重視してアンテナ切り替え機能を有効に設定しておくなど、目的に応じて選択することが可能となる。
 (変形例)
 図40は、上記実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムの変形例の構成を示す。この変形例のシステムは、図1に示したシステムに対して、受信レベル検出部21とダイバーシチオン/オフ制御部(切り替え機能制御部)25をさらに備える。受信レベル検出部21は、図32に示したものと同様に、いずれかのアンテナを介して受信した無線信号のレベルを検出する。ダイバーシチオン/オフ制御部25は、受信レベル検出部21によって検知された受信レベルに基づいて、アンテナ切り替え機能を自動的に無効にする。すなわち、アンテナを切り替えることなく無線信号を受信するのに十分な、所定の第2閾値以上の信号レベルが受信レベル検出部21によって検出されたとき、ダイバーシチオン/オフ制御部25は、アンテナ切り替え機能を自動的に無効にする。
 図41は、本変形例によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムの動作を示す。アンテナA,Bを所定の周期で切り替えながら(#1)、送信システムから送信される無線信号を受信し(#2)、受信レベル検出部21は、受信した無線信号のレベルを検出する。第2閾値以上の信号レベルが検出されたとき(#62においてYES)、次のパケットを受信するまでにアンテナ切り替え機能を無効にする旨を送信システムに通知し(#63)、アンテナ切り替え機能を自動的に無効にして(#64)、次のパケットをアンテナを固定した状態で受信する(#65)。通知を受けた送信システムは、図39に示すように、1つのパケットにつき単一のプリアンブルとユニークワードUWを添付して送信して、伝送効率を高める。一方、第2閾値以上の信号レベルが検出されなかったとき、アンテナ切り替え機能を有効に維持しつつ、#3以降に移行する。なお、上記ではレベル検出のみを行っているが、例えばUWを検出した後、又は受信すべき信号と判断した後にレベル検出を行うようにして、レベル検出時の信頼性を高めても良い。
 本変形例においては、アンテナを切り替えることなく無線信号を受信するのに十分な、第2閾値以上の信号レベルが受信レベル検出部21によって検出されたとき、ダイバーシチオン/オフ制御部25が、アンテナ切り替え機能を自動的に無効にする。これにより、良好な通信環境が得られる場合には、ユーザが意識することなく、自動的に低消費電力化を図ることが可能となる。また、対応する送信システムは、1つのパケットにつき単一のプリアンブルとユニークワードUWを添付して送信すればよくなる。従って、伝送効率を向上させることが可能となる。
 (変形例)
 図37又は図40に示したアンテナ切り替え受信システムの変形例でアンテナ切り替え機能が無効である状態において、第4所定時間連続してユニークワードを検出できない場合、切り替え機能制御部はアンテナ切り替え機能を有効にするように構成してもよい。この場合、障害物乃至送信システム又は受信システムのレイアウト変更等によって通信環境に変化が生ずる場合にあっても、自動的にアンテナ切り替え機能が有効な状態に復帰するので、対応可能となる。
 さらには、ペイロードの受信に成功したとき、対応する送信システムに対してその旨のACKを送信するように変形することができる。この場合にあっては、送信システムは、所定時間に亘って連続して上記ACKを受信できない場合、受信システムがペイロードの受信に失敗していることを知得できる。
 このとき図42に示すように、送信システムが単一のプリアンブル及びユニークワードUWとすることによりデータ長を短縮している場合は、アンテナ数の2倍のプリアンブル及びユニークワードUWを送信するように切り替える。これにより、受信システムは、アンテナ切り替え機能を自動で有効に機能させることが可能となり、マルチパスフェージングに起因して受信レベルが劣化することによる受信エラーの発生を、回避可能な状態に再び復帰できるようになる。なお、ACKの送信は、例えば後述する無線器100と無線器200に相当する構成によって実現される。
 (変形例)
 また、図37又は図40に示したアンテナ切り替え受信システムの変形例においては、アンテナ切り替え機能を無効としている場合であっても、定期的に該アンテナ切り替え機能を有効に切り替えるように変形されていてもよい。
 この場合、図43に示すように、受信システムは、所定期間毎に定期的にアンテナ切り替え機能を有効にして受信を行い、それ以外は、その直近のアンテナ切り替え動作で選択されたアンテナに固定して受信する。同図では、パケット1においていずれかのアンテナに固定した後、パケットPの受信を完了するまでの間アンテナ切り替え機能を無効にしてアンテナを固定し、次のパケットP+1のプリアンブルを受信する前にアンテナ切り替え機能を有効にする。この動作を繰り返すことにより、アンテナ切り替え機能を常時使用する場合に比べて消費電力を低減することが可能となり、かつ定期的なダイバーシチ通信によりアンテナを定期的に選択するため、レイアウト変更などの環境変化にも追従することが可能となる。
 (通信システムの構築例)
 図44は、本発明のアンテナ切り替え受信システムを適用して構築された無線通信システムの概略を示す。図45は、無線通信システムにおいて、アンテナ切り替え受信システムが実装される無線器によって切り替えられるアンテナ及び各アンテナによって受信及び送信される信号との関係を示す。
 無線通信システムは、無線器100と無線器(無線通信器)200等によって構成される。無線器100は、例えば、モニタ装置に内蔵される。無線器200は、例えば、配電盤等に内蔵される。無線器200には、本発明のアンテナ切り替え受信システムが2つのアンテナA,Bと共に実装される。対応する送信システムは、1つのアンテナと共に無線
 器100に実装される。無線器100と無線器200とは、双方向で通信を行うため、それぞれ送信システム及び受信システムが実装される。
 両者間の通信は、無線器100から無線器200に無線信号を送信することにより開始され、無線器200から無線器100に無線信号が返信されるものとする。このとき、無線器200は、2つのアンテナA,Bを用いた切り替えダイバーシチ機能により、通信環境に適したアンテナを選択し、無線信号のペイロードを受信する。さらに、無線器200から無線器100に無線信号を送信する際には、その直前の(最後の)ペイロードの受信時に選択されていたアンテナを用いる。例えば、図45においては、ペイロードの受信時に選択されていたアンテナAを用いて、無線器200から無線器100に無線信号が送信される。この無線信号を受信する無線器100にはダイバーシチ機能が備えられていないが、無線器200に備えられたダイバーシチ機能を有効に活用することにより、無線器100と無線器200との間の通信環境に合致した品質の高い無線信号を受信することができる。
 なお、無線器200から送信する際に用いるアンテナの選択にあたっては、過去の特定又は不特定の期間において、統計的に、より多くのパケットのペイロードを受信したアンテナを選択するようにしてもよい。
 本通信システムの構築例によれば、無線器200に備えられているダイバーシチ機能を生かして受信した後の返信には、受信の際に選択したアンテナを使用する。これにより、無線器100からの送信で通信が開始される場合、もう一方の無線器200にのみアンテナを複数設けてダイバーシチ機能を持たせるだけで、両者間における双方向通信の際に、送受信共にダイバーシチの効果を得ることが可能となる。
 また、単に無線器200に備えられているダイバーシチ機能を生かして送信する場合は、アンテナの数に相当する回数分だけ送信する必要がある。ところが、本通信システムの構築例によれば、既に送信に使用するアンテナは決定しているので、そのアンテナを用いて1回だけ送信すればよい。従って、送信時間の短縮と無線器200の消費電力の低減を図ることができる。
 なお、本発明は上記実施形態の構成に限られない。少なくとも所定周期でアンテナを切り替えながら受信した無線信号の品質を比較して、ペイロードを受信するアンテナを選択するように構成されていればよい。また、本発明は種々の変形が可能である。例えば、アンテナ切り替え受信システムは、配電盤に限られることなく、無線通信機能を有する照明制御スイッチ等の各種電化製品にも幅広く適用可能である。また、各変形例の構成を適宜組み合わせて、アンテナ切り替え受信システムを構築してもよい。例えば、図20に示した変形例において、図14に示す受信レベル比較部14をさらに備え、無線信号のレベルと、ビット列の誤り数の2つを比較し、最適なアンテナに固定してペイロードを受信するように構成してもよい。また、ユニークワード誤り数比較部15の替わりに受信レベル比較部14を備え、無線信号のレベルを比較して、最適なアンテナに固定してペイロードを受信する簡素な構成であってもよい。
 (第2実施形態)
 本発明の第2実施形態によるアンテナ切り替え受信システムについて図面を参照して説明する。図46はアンテナ切り替え受信システムの概略構成を示している。アンテナ切り替え受信システム110は、2本のアンテナを有するアンテナ部111と、アンテナ切り替え部112と、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出部113と、アンテナ切り替え判断部114等によって構成されている。アンテナ切り替え部112は、2本のアンテナからいずれかのアンテナに切り替える。アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出部113は、例えば、所定レベル以上の信号を検出することにより、アンテナ切り替え部112がアンテナを切り替えるタイミングを検出する。アンテナ切り替え判断部114は、アンテナ切り替え部112を介していずれかのアンテナで受信した信号のRSSI(受信信号強度)等に基づいて、ペイロード信号を受信するアンテナを選択し、その旨の制御信号をアンテナ切り替え部112に出力する。以下において、アンテナ切り替え部112に接続され、切り替えられるアンテナが2本の場合について説明するが、同アンテナは3本以上であってもよい。
 図47は、アンテナ切り替え受信システム110において、2つのアンテナ、すなわちアンテナA及びアンテナBを用いて受信される信号と、この信号を受信したときの上記アンテナ切り替え受信システム110の動作を示している。特に、当初アンテナAが選択されており、そのアンテナAによってテスト1信号を受信する場合の例を示している。また、図48は、図46のアンテナ切り替え受信システム110の動作をフローチャートにて示している。
 図47に示した信号は、本実施形態のアンテナ切り替え受信システム110に対応する送信システムから送信される。送信システムからは、少なくともテスト1信号、テスト2信号及びペイロード信号が送信される。テスト1信号、テスト2信号及びペイロード信号によって1つのフレームが構成される。ペイロード信号の前には、フレーム同期をとるためのユニークワード信号(図示せず)が送信される。
 テスト1信号及びテスト2信号は、ペイロード信号を受信するアンテナを選択するために用いられる。テスト1信号は、当初選択されていたアンテナによって受信され、テスト2信号は、切り替えられたアンテナによって受信される。なお、このテスト信号は、アンテナ切り替え部112によって切り替えられるアンテナの本数に応じて適宜追加される。ペイロード信号には、例えばヘッダ及び映像や音声及び気温並びに等化器がマルチパス環境を推定するための既知の信号列などの各種データ又は各種の制御信号が含まれる。
 図47、48を参照して、第2実施形態のアンテナ切り替え受信システム110の動作について説明する。アンテナ切り替え受信システム110は、当初待機(#101)している。アンテナ切り替え受信システム110のアンテナ部111が信号を受信し(#102)、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出部113が、アンテナ切り替えタイミングを検出すると(#103においてYES)、アンテナ切り替え判断部114が、アンテナAの受信レベルを検出する(#104)。ここで受信レベルの検出は、RSSIによるものに限られることなく、受信信号を自動利得制御回路によって増幅する際の増幅率によるものであってもよい。そして、アンテナ切り替え判断部114は、アンテナBに切り替えて(#105)、アンテナBの受信レベルを検出する(#106)。アンテナの切り替えは、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出部113によって検出されたアンテナ切り替えタイミングに基づいてなされる。その後、アンテナ切り替え判断部114は、アンテナAの受信レベルとアンテナBの受信レベルを比較する(#107)。アンテナAの受信レベルのほうが大きいときは(#108においてYES)、アンテナ切り替え判断部114は、ペイロード信号を受信するためのアンテナとしてアンテナAを選択する。すなわち、アンテナ切り替え判断部114は、アンテナAに切り替える制御信号をアンテナ切り替え部112に出力し(#109)、アンテナAによってペイロード信号を受信する(#110)。図47に示す例は、この場合に相当する。アンテナBの受信レベルのほうが大きいときは(#108においてNO)、ペイロード信号を受信するためのアンテナとしてアンテナBを選択する。すなわち、アンテナ切り替え判断部114は、アンテナBに固定したまま、アンテナBによってペイロード信号を受信する(#111)。なお、アンテナAの受信レベルとアンテナBの受信レベルが同等である場合には、最後にテスト信号を受信したアンテナBによってペイロード信号を受信する(#111)。
 なお、アンテナ選択には受信レベルの比較ではなく、ビット誤り数など信号の品質を示すもので比較しても良い。
 本アンテナ切り替え受信システム110によれば、ペイロード信号を受信する前に、各アンテナでテスト信号を受信してペイロード信号を受信するアンテナを選択するので、簡素な構成でマルチパスフェージングによるレベル変動の影響を低減できる。これにより、マルチパス環境下においてもマルチパスフェージングに起因した受信レベルの劣化によるエラー発生を回避できる。また、再送回数を減らしてよりリアルタイムに近い伝送を実現することができる。また、再送が不要な場合にあっては、再送機能を無くして、低コスト化及び小型化に貢献することもできる。
 (変形例)
 図49は上記第2実施形態のアンテナ切り替え受信システム110の変形例の概略構成を示している。このアンテナ切り替え受信システム110においては、図46のアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出部113の一例として相関値算出部115が適用されている。また、送信システムからは、テスト1信号の前に、特定の並びの信号列によって構成されるアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号が送信される。アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号は、テスト1信号及びテスト2信号を受信する際に、使用するアンテナをアンテナA又はアンテナBに切り替える基準となるタイミングを検出するため信号である。アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号は、ペイロード信号の伝送速度よりも低い伝送速度で送信され、その前にビット同期用のプリアンブルを含んでいても良い。相関値算出部(記憶部)115は、送信システムから送信されるアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号と同一の並びの信号列(レファレンス信号)を記憶する。信号列の例としては、01100101011000101・・・などのランダム信号やペイロード内の固定ビット列の並びから遠い並びのビット列、若しくは相関特性に優れるM系列やそれに類する信号列が挙げられる。相関値算出部115は、記憶している信号列と、受信したアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号の信号列の相関値を算出する。本変形例においては、相関値算出部115によって算出された相関値に基づいてアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号を検出する。
 図50は、本変形例のアンテナ切り替え受信システム110において、アンテナA及びアンテナBを用いて受信される信号と、この信号を受信したときの上記アンテナ切り替え受信システム110の動作を示している。また、図51は、本変形例のアンテナ切り替え受信システム110の動作をフローチャートにて示している。本変形例においては、図48に示す#103の処理に替えて#112が実行される。
 送信システムからは、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号、テスト1信号、テスト2信号及びペイロード信号が送信される。1フレームを構成するアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号、テスト1信号、テスト2信号及びペイロード信号のうち、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号は、他の信号と比較して、低い伝送速度で送信される。いずれかのアンテナを介して受信した信号は、1サンプル(本変形例では1ビット)ずつずらしながら相関値算出部115によって記憶されているレファレンス信号と比較され、一致度を順次数値化することにより相関値が算出される。一致度が所定の閾値以上となれば、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号を検出したと判断し(#112においてYES)、アンテナ切り替え判断部114が、アンテナAの受信レベルを検出する(#104)。以下の処理は、図48と同様であるため、説明を省略する。
 このアンテナ切り替え受信システム110によれば、アンテナ切り替えのタイミング検出は、相関値検出により行うので、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号とノイズとをより明確に区別することができ、ノイズに対する耐性を強化することが可能となる。また、アンテナ切り替えを実施したい箇所にアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号の信号列を挿入するだけでアンテナ切り替えの判断を任意の箇所で行うことができるので、フレーム構成の自由度を高めることができる。
 また、ペイロード信号と比較して低い伝送速度で送信されたアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号を受信するので、マルチパスによる符号間干渉の影響が回避されるとともに、1ビットあたりの信号のエネルギーが大きくなり高感度となる。そのため、マルチパスフェージング等の通信環境の劣化に起因する受信レベル劣化の影響を受けたアンテナが選択されている場合であっても、もれなくアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号を検出できるようになる。従って、マルチパスフェージング等の通信環境の劣化に起因する受信レベル劣化の影響を受けたアンテナが選択されている場合であっても、ペイロード信号を受信するアンテナの選択を適確に行えるようになる。例えば、当初選択されたアンテナがマルチパスフェージングに起因するレベル劣化の影響を受けていても、上記影響がより少ないアンテナでペイロードを受信できる。これにより、マルチパスフェージングに起因するレベル劣化の影響による受信エラーを回避することができる。
 (変形例)
 図52(a)は、アンテナ切り替え受信システム110のさらに別な変形例のアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号として送信される信号(変調信号)の例を示す。図52(b)は、レベル調整を行った復調信号の例を、図52(c)は、レベル調整を行わない飽和状態の復調信号の例をそれぞれ示す。アンテナ部111及びアンテナ切り替え部112を介して受信され復調された信号は、自動利得制御部(図示せず)によってレベル調整された後、相関値算出部115に入力される。ここで、マルチパスフェージングの影響が大きい場合は、図52(b)に示すように、自動利得制御部による利得制御後の復調信号レベルが小さくなる虞がある。そこで、本変形例は、例えば送信信号をBPSKなどの2値信号とすることにより、利得制御を不要とし、飽和状態でも復調・検出できるように構成されている。
 このアンテナ切り替え受信システム110においては、送信信号を2値信号とすることにより受信信号を自動利得制御部による利得制御を行わずに相関値算出部115に入力した場合にも図52(c)に示すように受信レベルに依存しないため飽和状態でも復調可能となる。従って、マルチパスフェージングの影響を少なくし、受信レベルの劣化を抑制することができる。その結果、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号の検出確率を向上させて、アンテナの切り替えができなくなる確率を低減できる。また、自動利得制御部による利得を最大に固定することによっても、受信レベルに依存せず飽和状態でも復調可能とされる。
 (変形例)
 図53は上記第2実施形態のアンテナ切り替え受信システム110のさらに別な変形例の概略構成を示している。このアンテナ切り替え受信システム110においては、図46のアンテナ切り替え受信システム110にカウンタ部116を加えて構成されている。カウンタ部116は、特定のアンテナ切り替え基準タイミングから次のアンテナ切り替え基準タイミングまでの時間をカウントする。アンテナ切り替え受信システム110においては、カウンタ部116のカウント値に基づいて次のアンテナ切り替えタイミング基準を検出する。
 図54、55は、本変形例のアンテナ切り替え受信システム110において、アンテナA及びアンテナBを用いて受信される信号(フレーム)と、カウンタ部116の動作を示している。特に、図54はフレームが誤差を伴うことなく一定周期で受信される場合を、図55はフレームが誤差を伴い一定周期で受信されない場合をそれぞれ示している。また、図56は、本変形例のアンテナ切り替え受信システム110の動作(特に図55に対応する動作)をフローチャートにて示している。本変形例においては、図48に示す#103の処理に替えて#113、#113−1、#114、#114−1が実行される。
 カウンタ部116は、最初にアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出部113がアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号を検出したときからカウントを開始する。そして、次のフレームにおけるアンテナ切り替えの基準となるタイミングに相当するカウント値Nまでカウントし、カウンタをリセットする。カウンタ部116のカウントの開始は、各フレーム内で確定されるタイミングであればよく、テスト2信号の後にフレーム同期をとるためのユニークワード信号の検出によって同期が確立されたタイミングであってもよい。
 図54において、フレームが一定周期で受信される場合は、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出部113が次のフレームにおけるアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号を検出するタイミングとカウンタ部116がカウント値Nをカウントするタイミングを一致させることができる。従って、カウンタ部116がカウント値Nをカウントしたとき、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号を検出したとみなすことができる。これにより、次のフレーム以降からアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号が不要となるため、ペイロード信号の伝送効率を向上させることができる。なお、図54における動作は、図56における#114の処理を省略し#104に移行したものに相当する。
 一方、図55において、フレームが一定周期で受信できない場合は、カウンタ部116がカウント値を補助的に使用しながら、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出部113が次のフレームにおけるアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号を検出する。すなわち、カウンタ部116のカウント値によっておおよそのアンテナ切り替えの基準となるタイミングを検出し、その前後の所定時間だけアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出部113を動作させる。図55及び図56においては、例えば、カウンタ部116がN−4までカウントした後(#113においてYES)、所定時間に亘ってアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出部113を動作させて、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号を検出する(#114)。これにより、フレームの周期に誤差を含むときであっても、カウンタ部116のカウント値を補助的に使用することにより、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号の検出精度を向上させることができる。例えば、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出部113として相関値算出部115を適用する場合には、常時アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号を検出している場合よりも、相関値の演算に伴うアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号をノイズなどにより誤検出する確率を低減することができる。なお、#114において、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号を検出できたときは(#114においてYES)、カウンタ部116のカウント値をリセットしてから(#114−1)#104に移行し、できなかったときは(#114においてNO)、#101に戻る。
 (変形例)
 図57は上記第2実施形態のアンテナ切り替え受信システム110のさらに別な変形例の概略構成を示している。このアンテナ切り替え受信システム110においては、図46のアンテナ切り替え受信システム110にアンテナ定期切り替え制御部117を加えて構成されている。アンテナ定期切り替え制御部117は、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号の長さの倍以上の周期の所定期間毎に、アンテナを切り替える。これに伴い、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号は、1フレーム内で少なくともアンテナ本数の倍以上の複数回に亘って送信される。
 図58は、本変形例のアンテナ切り替え受信システム110において、アンテナA及びアンテナBを用いて受信される信号と、この信号を受信するときの上記アンテナ切り替え受信システム110の動作を示している。特に、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号の長さの倍の周期毎に、アンテナを切り替える場合を示している。また、図59は、本変形例のアンテナ切り替え受信システム110の動作をフローチャートにて示している。本変形例においては、図48に示す#102,#103の処理に替えて#115乃至#118が実行される。
 本変形例においては、送信システムから送信されるフレームは、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号1乃至4を含んで構成される。アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号1乃至4は、それぞれ異なる特定の信号列で構成されている。アンテナ切り替え受信システム110は、送信システムからフレームが送信されるタイミングとは関係なくアンテナを切り替えるため、いずれのアンテナでどの信号を受信するかについて様々なパターンが考えられる。例えば、図58に示す3パターンの受信タイミングでアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号が受信される。
 受信タイミング例1においては、受信レベルの劣化やノイズ等によりアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号1が検出できなかった場合、続けてアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号2を受信しようとする。ところが、その受信途中にアンテナAからアンテナBに切り替えられるため、このアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号2も検出されない。しかしながら、本変形例においては、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号の長さの倍の周期でアンテナを切り替えるため、次のアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号3の受信途中にアンテナが切り替えられることはない。従って、アンテナBによってアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号3を検出することができる。
 また、受信タイミング例2においては、まず、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号1の受信途中にアンテナAからアンテナBに切り替えられるため、このアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号1は検出されない。その後続けてアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号2の受信中に受信レベルの劣化やノイズ等によりアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号2が検出できない場合は、続けてアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号3を受信しようとする。ところが、その受信途中にアンテナBからアンテナAに切り替えられるため、このアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号3も検出されない。しかしながら、本変形例においては、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号の長さの倍の周期でアンテナを切り替えるため、次のアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号4の受信途中にアンテナが切り替えられることはない。従って、アンテナAによってアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号4を検出することができる。
 また、受信タイミング例3は、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号の受信を開始するタイミングとアンテナを切り替えるタイミングが一致する場合を示している。この場合において、受信レベルの劣化やノイズ等によりアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号1,2がアンテナBによって検出できなかった場合、アンテナAに切り替えて、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号3が検出される。
 このように、本変形例においては、アンテナ定期切り替え制御部117がアンテナを定期的に切り替えながら(#115)、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出部113が、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号を検出する(#116においてYES)。アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号はそれぞれ異なる特定の信号列で構成されているので、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出部113は、検出したアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号がいずれのアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号であるかを特定できる。そして、アンテナ定期切り替え制御部117は、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出部113によって検出されたアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号に応じて、テスト1信号を受信するまでの時間をカウントする(#117)。例えば、図58における受信タイミング例1,3の場合、アンテナ定期切り替え制御部117は、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号4に相当する時間をカウントする。また、仮にアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号1を検出した場合は、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号2乃至4に相当する時間をカウントする。いずれかのアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号が検出されれば十分であるため、このアンテナ定期切り替え制御部117によるカウントの最中は、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出部113によるアンテナ切り替えタイミングの検出機能は停止される(#118)。その後、アンテナ定期切り替え制御部117によるカウントが終了すると、#104に移行する。これ以降の図48と同様であるため、説明を省略する。
 このアンテナ切り替え受信システム110によれば、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用の信号を複数回受信し、所定周期毎にアンテナを切り替えていずれかのアンテナでアンテナ切り替えタイミングを検出できるようにしている。そのため、いずれかのアンテナでアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号を受信中に、瞬時的な受信レベルの落ち込みにより検出不可となった場合にも、別のアンテナでアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号を検出することができる。
 (変形例)
 図60は上記第2実施形態のアンテナ切り替え受信システム110のさらに別な変形例の概略構成を示している。このアンテナ切り替え受信システム110においては、図46のアンテナ切り替え受信システム110にアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出オン/オフ制御部(アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出on/off制御部)118を加えて構成されている。アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出オン/オフ制御部118は、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号の検出後、所定期間はアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号の検出を行わないようにアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出部113を制御する。
 図61は、本変形例のアンテナ切り替え受信システム110において、アンテナA及びアンテナBを用いて受信される信号と、この信号を受信したときの上記アンテナ切り替え受信システム110の動作を示している。また、図62は、本変形例のアンテナ切り替え受信システム110の動作をフローチャートにて示している。本変形例においては、図48に示す#102と#103の処理の間に#119が、#103と#104の処理の間に#120が、#110及び#111の処理の後に#121、#122の処理が実行される。
 図62において、アンテナ部111が信号を受信すると(#102)、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出オン/オフ制御部118から出力される信号がオンであると(#119においてYES)、#103に移行する。アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出部113が、アンテナ切り替えタイミングを検出すると(#103においてYES)、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出オン/オフ制御部118から出力される信号をオフとする(#120)。これにより、図61に示すように、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出機能がオフとなる。その後図48と同様に#104乃至#110又は#111の処理を実行し、いずれかのアンテナでペイロード信号を受信した後(#121においてYES)、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出オン/オフ制御部118から出力される信号をオンとした後(#122)、#101に戻る。なお、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出オン/オフ制御部118から出力される信号がオンでなければ(#119においてNO)、#101に戻る。
 このアンテナ切り替え受信システム110によれば、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出後、ペイロード信号の受信時間を含む所定期間はアンテナ切り替えタイミングの検出を行わないこととしている。これにより、ランダム信号となるペイロード信号やノイズなどに対してアンテナ切り替えタイミングの誤検出を抑制できる。従って、ペイロード信号の受信中にアンテナを切り替えることに伴うエラー(アンテナの切り替えには物理的な切り替え時間が必要となり、その間はペイロードを受信できなくなるため)を防ぐことができる。また、いずれかのアンテナのみが受信可能となっている場合において、不要なアンテナの切り替えに伴う受信エラーの発生を防止することができる。さらに等化器などを搭載し、ペイロード信号の送受信中はアンテナを固定して送受のマルチパス環境を固定しておく必要があるシステムにおいても、ペイロード信号の送受信中のアンテナ切り替えに伴うエラーを抑制できる。すなわち、ペイロード信号の送受信中にマルチパス環境が突然変更され、等化器によるマルチパスのキャンセル機能が正常に動作しなくなることを防ぐことができる。なお、アンテナ切り替えタイミングの検出を行わない所定期間としては、現フレームのペイロード信号の受信を完了して次のフレームのアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出信号を受信する直前までの期間を設定してもよい。この場合においては、現フレームのペイロード信号の受信完了後におけるノイズに対するアンテナ切り替えタイミングの誤検出をも抑制できる。
 本変形例においては、ノイズをアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号として誤って検出した場合にあっても、所定期間アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号の検出機能が停止される。そこで、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号を検出後、さらにその後に送信されるユニークワード信号を検出した場合に、所定期間アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号の検出を行わないものとして構成されていてもよい。この場合、ユニークワード信号は、例えば、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号、テスト1信号、テスト2信号に続けて送信される(図46参照)。アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号を検出後、さらにユニークワードを検出できた場合、先に検出したアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号が正しかったものと判断できる。一方、ユニークワード信号を検出できなかった場合には、先に検出したアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号が誤っていたものと判断でき、引き続きアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号の検出を継続する。この構成によれば、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号の検出にユニークワード信号の検出を併用しているので、ノイズをアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号と誤認する虞を低下できる。
 (変形例)
 図63は上記第2実施形態のアンテナ切り替え受信システム110のさらに別な変形例の概略構成を示している。このアンテナ切り替え受信システム110においては、図49のアンテナ切り替え受信システム110に非検出時間カウンタ部120を加えて構成されている。非検出時間カウンタ部120は、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出信号を検出していない時間をカウントする。このアンテナ切り替え受信システム110においては、いずれかのアンテナによって受信中に非検出時間カウンタ部120が所定の時間をカウントしたときは、別のアンテナに切り替える。
 図64は、本変形例のアンテナ切り替え受信システム110において、アンテナA及びアンテナBを用いて受信される信号と、この信号を受信したときの上記アンテナ切り替え受信システム110の動作を示している。また、図65は、本変形例のアンテナ切り替え受信システム110の動作をフローチャートにて示している。本変形例においては、図51に示す#112においてNOのとき、#125乃至#128の処理が実行される。
 本変形例においては、図65に示すように、アンテナAによって本来受信されるべきアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号がフレーム1及びフレーム2に亘って受信できないとき(#112においてNO)、以下の動作を行う。すなわち、非検出時間カウンタ部120が時間をカウント中でなければ(#125においてNO)、非検出時間カウンタ部120にカウントを開始させ(#126)、#101に戻る。非検出時間カウンタ部120がカウント中であり(#125においてYES)、非検出時間カウンタ部120のカウント値が規定値以上でなければ(#127においてNO)、#101に戻る。非検出時間カウンタ部120のカウント値が規定値以上であれば(#127においてYES)、カウントを停止させるとともに、所定の時間が経過しているとして別のアンテナBに切り替える(#128)。ここで所定の時間とは、アンテナ及び通信環境が正常であれば、アンテナ切り替えタイミング信号を少なくとも1回以上検出するのに十分な時間をいう。例えば、図64においては、フレーム1及びフレーム2の通信に要する時間より長くなるように上記規定値が設定されている。
 このアンテナ切り替え受信システム110によれば、所定期間信号を受信しても、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号の信号列が得られない場合には、別のアンテナに切り替えるようにした。そのため、一方のアンテナでアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号を待ち続けることがない。従って、一方のアンテナが壊れた場合又は一時的に不調となった場合であっても、別のアンテナでアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号を受信できるようになる。
 (変形例)
 図66は上記第2実施形態のアンテナ切り替え受信システム110のさらに別な変形例の概略構成を示している。このアンテナ切り替え受信システム110においては、図49のアンテナ切り替え受信システム110に第2相関値算出部122及び第2相関値算出部123を加えて構成されている。また、送信システムからは、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号とは異なる特定の並びの信号列によって構成されるテスト信号が送信される。第2相関値算出部(記憶部)122は、送信されるテスト1信号と同一の並びの信号列(レファレンス信号)を記憶する。第2相関値算出部122は、記憶している信号列と、受信したテスト1信号の信号列の相関値を算出することにより、その相関値に基づいてテスト1信号を検出する。同様に、第2相関値算出部(記憶部)123は、送信されるテスト2信号と同一の並びの信号列(レファレンス信号)を記憶する。第2相関値算出部123は、記憶している信号列と、受信したテスト2信号の信号列の相関値を算出することにより、その相関値に基づいてテスト2信号を検出する。これにより、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号が瞬間的な受信レベルの劣化若しくは瞬間的なノイズの混入により検出できなかった場合であっても、テスト1信号又はテスト2信号を検出することにより、そのフレームのペイロード信号を受信可能となる。
 図67は、本変形例のアンテナ切り替え受信システム110において、アンテナA及びアンテナBを用いて受信される信号と、この信号を受信したときの上記アンテナ切り替え受信システム110の動作を示している。また、図68は、本変形例のアンテナ切り替え受信システム110の動作をフローチャートにて示している。本変形例においては、図51に示す#112においてNOのとき、#131乃至#132の処理が実行される。また、#112においてYESのとき、#133の処理が実行される。
 第2相関値算出部122及び第2相関値算出部123による相関値の算出は、相関値算出部115による相関値の算出と並行して演算される。図67に示すように、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号に続けてテスト1信号及びテスト2信号が送信される。また、相関値算出部115がアンテナ切り替えタイミングを検出したときは(#112においてYES)、第2相関値算出部122,123がテスト1信号又はテスト2信号を検出しないように、その機能を停止させる(#133)。この後、図51と同様に、#104以降の処理、すなわちアンテナを切り替えながらそれぞれのアンテナで検出した受信レベルを比較してペイロード信号を受信するアンテナを決定する。このように、相関値算出部115がアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号を検出した際には、テスト1信号を用いての第2相関値算出部122による相関検出は行わない、又は行っても無効とする。なお、この場合において、#110又は#111にてペイロード信号を受信し終わった後は、次のフレームの受信に備えて再び第2相関値算出部122,123を動作させる。
 相関値算出部115がアンテナ切り替えタイミングを検出できなかったとき(#112においてNO)、第2相関値算出部122によってテスト1信号が検出されると(#131においてYES)、現在のアンテナAでペイロード信号を受信する(#110)。第2相関値算出部122によってテスト1信号が検出されない場合であっても(#131においてNO)、第2相関値算出部123によってテスト2信号が検出されると(#132においてYES)、現在のアンテナAでペイロード信号を受信する(#110)。なお、第2相関値算出部123によって所定時間内にテスト2信号が検出されない場合(#132においてNO)、#101に戻る。このように、第2相関値算出部122がテスト1信号を検出した場合は、アンテナ切り替え動作は実行せず、テスト2信号が送信されている時間は、別の処理を行うことができる。例えば、ペイロード信号が2値でなく、受信レベルの調整が必要な場合は、自動利得制御の利得調整時間に割り当てることができる。なお、第2相関値算出部123がテスト2信号を検出した場合は、アンテナ切り替え動作は実行せず、現在の自動利得制御の値でペイロード信号を受信する。
 このアンテナ切り替え受信システム110によれば、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号を検出できなかった場合、第2相関値算出部122又は第2相関値算出部123によってテスト1信号又はテスト2信号を検出する。従って、2段構え又は3段構えでペイロード信号の先頭を検出することができる。これにより、アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号を受信中にノイズや瞬間的なレベルの落ち込みが発生した場合であっても、テスト1信号又はテスト2信号によってペイロード信号の先頭を検出でき、1フレーム分のペイロード信号を失ってしまう確率を低減できる。なお、テスト信号を検出するための第2相関値算出部は、送信されるテスト信号の数(すなわちアンテナの本数)に応じてさらに増設することも可能である。
 なお、本発明は上記実施形態の構成に限られることなく、少なくともペイロード信号を受信する前に、複数のアンテナでテスト信号を受信してペイロード信号を受信するアンテナを選択するように構成されていればよい。また、上述した各実施形態の特徴を適宜組み合わせたアンテナ切り替え受信システムであってもよい。
 以上、本発明の好ましい実施形態が説明されたが、本発明はこれらの特定実施形態に限定されず、後続する請求範囲の範疇で多様な変更及び修正が行われることが可能であり、それも本発明の範疇に属すると言える。
Embodiments of the present invention will now be described in more detail with reference to the accompanying drawings, which form a part of this specification. The same or similar parts throughout the drawings are denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof is omitted.
(First embodiment)
An antenna switching reception system according to a first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. The antenna switching reception system is built in, for example, a switchboard having a wireless communication function. This type of switchboard receives instructions wirelessly transmitted from a monitor device operated by an administrator, and wirelessly transmits information such as power consumption. The monitor device that has received the information such as the power consumption transmitted from the switchboard displays the current or accumulated power consumption of the area where the power is distributed by the switchboard. The switchboard and the monitor device are provided with a wireless communication function so that the monitor device can be appropriately installed and moved according to the environment and the like.
In the present embodiment, the monitor device is provided with a single antenna, and the switchboard is provided with a plurality of antennas. The switchboard performs stable wireless communication with the monitor device while selecting and switching the antenna suitable for the surrounding environment by the antenna switching reception system.
FIG. 1 shows a configuration of an antenna switching reception system. The antenna switching reception system includes a receiver 01, a plurality of antennas 02, and the like. The receiver 01 includes an antenna switching unit 03, an RF unit 04, a baseband unit 05, and the like.
The antenna switching unit 03 switches the antenna that receives the radio signal among the two antennas A and B configuring the antenna 02. The RF unit 04 down-converts a radio signal received using the antenna A or B and extracts a baseband signal. The baseband unit 05 processes the baseband signal extracted by the RF unit 04.
The baseband unit 05 includes a demodulation unit 06, a synchronization establishment unit 07, a unique word setting unit 08, a unique word detection unit 09, an antenna control unit 10, and the like. The demodulator 06 demodulates the baseband signal extracted by the RF unit 04. The synchronization establishment unit 07 establishes bit synchronization of the demodulated baseband signal.
The unique word setting unit 08 presets and stores a bit string of a known unique word. A known unique word is shared with a corresponding transmission system, and a packet with this unique word is transmitted from the transmission system. The unique word detection unit 09 searches the demodulated baseband signal and detects a bit string of the unique word. The antenna control unit 10 controls antenna switching. That is, the antenna control unit 10 determines whether or not to switch the antenna based on the detection result of the bit string of the unique word by the unique word detection unit 09, and sends a control signal for switching the antenna to the antenna switching unit 03. Output. In the present embodiment, two antennas are switched by the antenna switching unit 03 to receive a radio signal, but the number of antennas may be three or more.
FIG. 2 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system. FIG. 3 shows a relationship between a signal transmitted from the corresponding transmission system and an antenna switched by the antenna switching reception system. One packet is composed of a plurality of pairs of preambles and unique words followed by a payload that is transmitted subsequently.
The antenna switching reception system receives a radio signal transmitted from the transmission system (# 2) while switching the antennas A and B at a predetermined cycle (# 1). The received signal is down-converted by the RF unit 04 (# 3), demodulated by the demodulation unit 06 of the baseband unit 05 (# 4), bit synchronization is established by the synchronization establishment unit 07 (# 5), and unique word detection is performed. The unique word is detected by the unit 09 (# 6).
At this time, the preamble and the unique word are transmitted twice to each antenna so that the preamble and the unique word can be received even if the antennas A and B are switched at any timing. In this embodiment, since two antennas are used, the preamble and the unique word are transmitted four times each as shown in FIG. In this way, a preamble and unique word twice as many as the number of antennas mounted in the antenna switching reception system are transmitted, and each antenna is switched at a cycle twice the preamble and unique word transmission cycle.
In FIG. 3, the preamble transmitted for the first time cannot be received because the antenna was switched during reception, and the preamble or unique word transmitted for the second time was affected by multipath fading for antenna B. The case where it cannot receive by this is shown. In this case, since bit synchronization cannot be established, a unique word cannot be detected (NO loop is repeated in # 6). The preamble transmitted for the third time cannot be received because the antenna is switched during reception, and the preamble transmitted for the fourth time is received by the antenna A, bit synchronization is established, and a unique word is detected. . In this case, after passing through the NO loop in # 6, in the subsequent loop, through YES in # 6, the antenna is fixed to A (# 7), and the subsequent payload is received (# 8).
According to this antenna switching reception system, the quality of the received radio signal is compared while switching the antenna at a predetermined cycle, and the antenna that receives the payload is selected. For this reason, even in an environment where multipath occurs frequently, antenna selection can be completed before receiving the payload of each packet for a signal for receiving new packets one after another asynchronously. As a result, it is possible to avoid the occurrence of a reception error due to degradation of the reception level due to multipath fading.
(Modification)
FIG. 4 shows a configuration of a modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the above embodiment. The system of this modified example further includes a threshold setting unit 11 with respect to the system shown in FIG. The threshold setting unit 11 sets a threshold relating to the degree of coincidence between the bit string of the unique word and the bit string of the received radio signal while switching the antennas A and B.
For example, when the unique word is composed of a 32-bit bit string, the bit string of the unique word and the bit string of the received wireless signal do not match by several bits due to an instantaneous change in the communication environment during reception of the unique word. There is. Even in such a case, if the communication environment is recovered before receiving the payload, the payload can be received without any problem. Therefore, in this modification, for example, when an error in the bit string of the received radio signal with respect to the bit string of the unique word is allowed up to 2 bits, the threshold is set to 30 bits. As a result, if the bit string of the unique word matches the bit string of the received radio signal by 30 bits or more, the unique word detection unit 09 determines that the unique word has been detected. As described above, the threshold value is set according to the allowable limit value of the number of errors in the bit string of the received radio signal with respect to the bit string of the unique word. More specifically, a value obtained by subtracting the number of bits of the allowable limit value from the number of bits of the unique word is set as the threshold value.
FIG. 5 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system according to this modification. After bit synchronization is established by the synchronization establishment unit 07 (# 5), the unique word detection unit 09 compares the bit string of the unique word stored by the unique word setting unit 08 with the bit string of the received radio signal. At this time, when the number of bits equal to or greater than the threshold set by the threshold setting unit 11 matches (YES in # 9), the unique word detection unit 09 determines that a unique word has been detected, and proceeds to # 7. On the other hand, when the number of bits equal to or greater than the threshold set by the threshold setting unit 11 does not match (NO in # 9), the process returns to # 2.
According to this modified example, if the bit string of the unique word and the bit string of the received radio signal match by a threshold value or more, the unique word detection unit 09 determines that the unique word has been detected. This prevents momentary fluctuations in the communication environment during reception of the unique word, etc., and then avoids overlooking the received payload packet without problems when the communication environment recovers before receiving the payload. it can. The unique word detection operation in this modification can be applied to, for example, unique word detection in claim 2.
(Modification)
FIG. 6 shows a configuration of another modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the above embodiment. In the system of this modification, a plurality of unique word detection units 12 is applied as one form of the unique word detection unit 09 in the system shown in FIG. Moreover, in this modification, the signal quality comparison part 13 which detects and compares the quality of the radio signal received for every antenna is further provided.
FIG. 7 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system according to this modification. FIG. 8 shows an example of a relationship between a signal transmitted from a corresponding transmission system and an antenna switched by the antenna switching reception system. FIG. 9 shows another example of the relationship between the signal transmitted from the corresponding transmission system, the antenna switched by the antenna switching reception system, and the signal received by each antenna.
In this modification, a plurality of unique words consisting of different bit strings are transmitted from the corresponding transmission system in a specific order before the payload. A plurality of unique words that are the same as the plurality of unique words transmitted from the corresponding transmission system are preset and stored by the unique word setting unit 08. That is, in FIG. 9, each unique word (UW1 to UW4) is composed of different bit strings. In the case shown in FIG. 8, the unique words UW1 to UW3 may be the same and only the unique word UW4 may be different. The multiple unique word detection unit 12 individually detects the multiple unique words UW1 to UW4. Then, a different antenna selection operation is assigned to each unique word detected by the multiple unique word detection unit 12.
In FIG. 7, after bit synchronization is established by the synchronization establishment unit 07 (# 5), when any one of the unique words UW1 to UW3 is detected by the plural unique word detection unit 12, a preset operation is performed. (# 13 to # 32). This operation will be described later.
On the other hand, when the plural unique word detection unit 12 detects the unique word UW4 which is the last unique word (NO in # 13, # 22, and # 31, YES in # 12), the subsequent payload is received with the antenna fixed. (# 8). FIG. 8 shows a case where the unique word UW4 is received by the antenna A and the payload is received by the antenna A. On the other hand, when the plural unique word detection unit 12 does not detect the unique word UW4 which is the last unique word (NO in # 12), the process returns to # 2. In this way, in FIG. 8, it is only necessary to recognize that the last unique word UW4 has been detected in order to find the payload. Therefore, the unique words UW1 to UW3 may be the same and only the unique word UW4 may be different. .
Hereinafter, the operations of # 13 to # 32 will be described. When the unique word UW1 is searched and detected by the multiple unique word detection unit 12 (YES in # 13), the quality of the radio signal received by the signal quality comparison unit 13 is detected (# 14). That is, the signal quality of the unique word UW1 is detected. After switching the antenna (# 15), the multiple unique word detection unit 12 searches for the unique word UW2 (# 16), and when the unique word UW2 is detected (YES in # 17), the signal quality comparison unit 13 Detects the quality of the unique word UW2 (# 18). Furthermore, the signal quality comparison unit 13 compares the signal quality of the unique word UW1 and the unique word UW2 and selects the antenna that receives the payload. As an example of this case, FIG. 9 shows an operation in which the unique word UW1 received by the antenna A has better signal quality than the unique word UW2 received by the antenna B, and the antenna is switched again to receive the payload by the antenna A. It is shown.
After antenna switching, that is, if the signal quality of the unique word UW2 is good (NO in # 19), the unique word UW2 is fixed to the received antenna (# 20), and the process proceeds to # 12. On the other hand, before the antenna switching, that is, if the signal quality of the unique word UW1 is good (YES in # 19), the antenna is switched to the antenna that received the unique word UW1 (# 21), and the process proceeds to # 12. The reason why the unique word UW4 is received in # 12 is to find the payload.
When the unique word UW1 is not detected by the multiple unique word detection unit 12 (NO in # 13), the following operation is performed. When the next unique word UW2 is searched and detected by the multiple unique word detection unit 12 (YES in # 22), the quality of the radio signal received by the signal quality comparison unit 13 is detected (# 23). That is, the signal quality of the unique word UW2 is detected. After switching the antenna (# 24), the multiple unique word detection unit 12 searches for the unique word UW3 (# 25), and when the unique word UW3 is detected (YES in # 26), the signal quality comparison unit 13 Detects the quality of the unique word UW3 (# 27). Furthermore, the signal quality comparison unit 13 compares the signal qualities of the unique word UW2 and the unique word UW3 and selects the antenna that receives the payload.
After antenna switching, that is, if the signal quality of the unique word UW3 is good (NO in # 28), the unique word UW3 is fixed to the received antenna (# 29), and the process proceeds to # 12. On the other hand, before the antenna switching, that is, if the signal quality of the unique word UW2 is good (YES in # 28), the antenna is switched to the antenna that received the unique word UW2 (# 30), and the process proceeds to # 12.
When the unique word UW2 is not detected by the multiple unique word detection unit 12 (NO in # 22), the following operation is performed. When the unique word UW3 is searched and detected by the multiple unique word detection unit 12 (YES in # 31), the unique word UW3 is fixed to the antenna that received it (# 32), and the process proceeds to # 12. On the other hand, when the unique word UW3 is not detected by the multiple unique word detection unit 12 (NO in # 31), the process proceeds to # 12 without fixing the antenna (that is, with periodic antenna switching). Thus, when the unique word UW1 is detected, the signal quality comparison unit 13 compares the signal quality of the unique word UW1 and the unique word UW2, and when the unique word UW2 is detected, the unique word UW2 and the unique word UW3 are detected. Compare signal quality. However, when the unique words UW1 and UW2 cannot be detected by one antenna and the unique word UW3 or UW4 is detected by the other antenna, it is not meaningful to switch the antenna. Do not compare levels. Note that, in # 13 and # 22, the unique words UW1 and UW2 may not be detected due to the influence of instantaneous noise or the like. Therefore, when the unique word UW3 is detected by the multiple unique word detection unit 12 in # 31, the antenna is switched to detect the unique word UW4, and the signal quality of the unique word UW3 and the unique word UW4 is compared. Also good. In # 17, when the unique word UW2 cannot be detected, the unique word UW3 or UW4 may be detected, and the signal quality of the unique word UW1 and the unique word UW3 or UW4 may be compared. Similarly, when the unique word UW3 cannot be detected in # 26, the unique word UW4 may be detected and the signal quality of the unique word UW2 and the unique word UW4 may be compared.
In this modification, a plurality of unique words that are the same as the plurality of unique words stored in the unique word setting unit are transmitted in the same order before the payload, and the plurality of unique word detection units 12 UW1 to UW4 are detected individually. This makes it possible to assign different antenna selection operations for each detected unique word.
For example, when the last unique word UW4 immediately before the payload is detected, the subsequent payload can be received without switching the antenna. In addition, the signal quality comparison unit 13 compares the quality of signals received by the respective antennas, and the antenna control unit 10 selects an antenna that is determined to have higher signal quality and receives the payload. As a result, it is possible to receive a payload with an antenna that always obtains a higher quality received signal. When three or more antennas to be switched are provided, the signal quality comparison unit 13 compares the quality of the signal received by each antenna, selects the antenna that is determined to have the highest signal quality, and loads the payload. Receive.
(Modification)
FIG. 10 shows a configuration of still another modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the above embodiment. The system of this modification applies a reception level comparison unit 14 as one form of the signal quality comparison unit 13 in the system shown in FIG. The reception level comparison unit 14 detects and compares the reception level of each antenna. The reception level of the antenna can be acquired by detecting, for example, RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indication).
FIG. 11 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system according to this modification. After bit synchronization is established by the synchronization establishment unit 07 (# 5), when the unique word UW1 or UW2 is detected by the multiple unique word detection unit 12 (YES in # 33), the reception level comparison unit 14 determines the unique word. The reception level of the detected antenna is detected (# 34), and the antenna is switched (# 35). If the multiple unique word detection unit 12 cannot detect the unique word UW1 or UW2 (NO in # 33), the process returns to # 2. When the antenna is switched, the reception level comparison unit 14 detects the reception level of the switched antenna (# 36), and compares the reception level (# 37). As a result, if the reception level before the antenna switching is good (YES in # 37), the antenna is switched to the antenna that received the unique word UW1 or UW2 in # 33 (# 21), and the process proceeds to # 8. On the other hand, if the reception level after antenna switching is good (NO in # 37), the antenna is fixed without switching (# 20), and the process proceeds to # 8.
In this modification, since the reception level is compared after detecting the unique word UW1 or UW2, it is possible to eliminate the influence of interference waves transmitted from devices other than the corresponding transmission system. In addition, a wireless IC provided with an RSSI detection circuit can easily detect and compare the reception level, so there is no need for complicated control, development is facilitated, and the cost of the system can be reduced.
(Modification)
FIG. 12 shows a configuration of still another modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the above embodiment. The system of this modification uses a unique word error number comparison unit 15 as one form of the signal quality comparison unit 13 in the system shown in FIG. The unique word error number comparison unit 15 compares the number of errors in the bit string of the radio signal received by each antenna with respect to the bit string of the unique word stored in the unique word setting unit. The number of errors is counted when the multiple unique word detection unit 12 detects a unique word.
FIG. 13 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system according to this modification. After the bit synchronization is established by the synchronization establishment unit 07 (# 5), when the unique word UW1 or UW2 is detected by the multiple unique word detection unit 12 (YES in # 33), the unique word error number comparison unit 15 The number of unique word errors is detected and the antenna is switched (# 38). If the multiple unique word detection unit 12 cannot detect the unique word UW1 or UW2 (NO in # 33), the process returns to # 2.
When the unique word UW1 or UW2 is detected, the unique word error number comparison unit 15 detects the number of errors of the unique word in the switched antenna (# 39). Then, the unique word error number comparison unit 15 compares the number of unique word errors detected before and after the antenna switching (# 40). As a result, if the number of errors before antenna switching is smaller (YES in # 40), switching to the antenna that received unique word UW1 or UW2 in # 33 (# 21), and the process proceeds to # 8. On the other hand, if the number of errors after antenna switching is smaller (NO in # 40), the antenna is fixed without switching (# 20), and the process proceeds to # 8.
In this modification, since the antenna selection is performed based on the detection result of the number of errors in the bit string of the unique word, even if the reception level becomes high due to the influence of the interference wave from the transmission system other than the communication partner It is possible to prevent erroneous antenna selection.
(Modification)
FIG. 14 shows a configuration of still another modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the above embodiment. The system of this modification uses a reception level comparison unit 14 and a unique word error number comparison unit 15 as one form of the signal quality comparison unit 13 in the system shown in FIG. The reception level comparison unit 14 detects and compares the reception level of each antenna. The reception level of the antenna can be acquired by detecting, for example, RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indication). The unique word error number comparison unit 15 compares the number of errors in the bit string of the radio signal received by each antenna with respect to the bit string of the unique word stored in the unique word setting unit. The number of errors is counted when the multiple unique word detection unit 12 detects a unique word.
FIG. 15 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system according to this modification. FIG. 16 shows the relationship between the signal transmitted from the corresponding transmission system, the antenna switched by the antenna switching reception system, and the signal received by each antenna.
In FIG. 15, after the bit synchronization is established by the synchronization establishment unit 07 (# 5), when the unique word UW1 or UW2 is detected by the multiple unique word detection unit 12 (YES in # 33), the reception level comparison unit 14 Detects the reception level of the antenna that detected the unique word. Further, the unique word error number comparison unit 15 detects the number of unique word errors and switches the antenna (# 41). The number of errors detected here is equal to or less than the allowable limit value described in paragraph “0043” because the unique word UW1 or UW2 is detected in # 33. In FIG. 16, the unique word UW1 is received by the antenna A, the number of errors of the unique word UW1 and the reception level of the antenna A are detected, and the antenna B is switched to. If the multiple unique word detection unit 12 cannot detect the unique word UW1 or UW2 (NO in # 33), the process returns to # 2.
When the unique word UW1 or UW2 is detected, the unique word error number comparison unit 15 detects the number of unique word errors in the switched antenna, and the reception level comparison unit 14 detects the reception level of the switched antenna ( # 42). In FIG. 16, the unique word UW2 is received by the antenna B, and the number of errors of the unique word UW2 and the reception level of the antenna B are detected. Then, the number of errors detected in # 42 is compared with a predetermined allowable limit value by the unique word error number comparison unit 15, and if it is less than the allowable limit value (YES in # 43), the reception level comparison unit 14 determines the reception level. Are compared (# 37). In this case, the number of errors detected at # 41 and # 42 is both equal to or less than the allowable limit value.
As a result of the comparison of the reception levels, as shown in FIG. 16, before the antenna switching, that is, if the reception level of the unique word UW1 is good (YES in # 37), the antenna is switched to the antenna that received the unique word UW1 (# 21). ), Move to # 8. On the other hand, after antenna switching, that is, if the reception level of the unique word UW2 is good (NO in # 37), the unique word UW2 is fixed to the received antenna B (# 20), and the process proceeds to # 8.
When the unique word UW2 is first detected in # 33, the number of errors and the reception level of the unique word UW3 are detected after antenna switching (# 41) (# 42). Further, when the unique word UW3 or UW4 is detected first, antenna switching is not performed (not shown in FIG. 15).
By comparing the number of errors detected in # 41 and # 42, the probability that an antenna with high signal quality can be determined is not 100%, but it can be expected at a certain level of practically no problem. For example, even if the reception level of antenna A is sufficiently high and the reception level of antenna B is in the vicinity of the allowable limit, the same bit string received by antenna B with respect to the number of errors in the bit string of the unique word received by antenna A There is a probability that the number of errors is small. However, if the probability is low enough not to be a problem, if the number of errors is different, select an antenna with a small number of errors and select an antenna by comparing the reception level only when the number of errors is the same. You can also.
In this modification, the level of the radio signal received by a plurality of antennas and the number of errors in the bit string of the radio signal received by each antenna are compared, and the payload is received while being fixed to the optimum antenna. Thus, for example, when the reception level of one antenna is sufficiently high and the reception level of the other antenna is close to the allowable limit, no error occurs in the bit string of the unique word at the other antenna. Even in such a case, the correct antenna can be selected by comparing the reception levels. Even when the number of errors in the bit string of the radio signal received by each antenna is equal, the correct antenna can be selected by comparing the reception levels. In addition to the comparison of the reception level, the number of errors in the bit string of the unique word
Since the antenna selection is also performed in combination with the detection result, it is possible to prevent erroneous antenna selection due to the influence of the interference wave from the transmission system other than the communication partner.
(Modification)
FIG. 17 shows a configuration of still another modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the above embodiment. In the system of this modification, a preamble / unique word error number comparison unit 16 is applied as one form of the signal quality comparison unit 13 in the system shown in FIG. The preamble / unique word error number comparison unit 16 compares the number of errors in the bit string of the radio signal received by each antenna with respect to the bit string of the preamble and the unique word. The number of errors is detected after the multiple unique word detection unit 12 detects a unique word and switches antennas.
FIG. 18 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system according to this modification. After bit synchronization is established by the synchronization establishment unit 07 (# 5), when the unique word UW1 or UW2 is detected by the multiple unique word detection unit 12 (YES in # 33), the antenna is switched (# 35). Then, the preamble / unique word error number comparison unit 16 detects the number of errors including not only the next unique word but also the preamble immediately before the unique word (# 44). In FIG. 19, after the unique word UW1 is detected by the antenna A, the antenna is switched, and the number of errors in the preamble and the unique word UW2 is detected by the antenna B. Then, the antenna is further switched (# 45), and the preamble / unique word error number comparison unit 16 detects the number of errors of the next preamble and unique word (# 46) as in # 44. In FIG. 19, after switching to antenna A again, the number of errors in the preamble and unique word UW3 is detected. Furthermore, the preamble / unique word error number comparison unit 16 compares the number of preamble and unique word errors detected before and after antenna switching (# 47), and selects the antenna that receives the payload (# 20, # 21). . In FIG. 19, the number of preamble and unique word errors received by the antenna A is small, and the payload is received by being fixed to the antenna A.
In the example shown in FIG. 19, the unique word UW2 and the unique word UW3 are compared with each other including a pair of preambles for the following reason. That is, since the preamble that is paired with the unique word UW1 is not established in bit synchronization, it cannot be distinguished from “0” or “1” and cannot be used for comparison of the number of errors. When the unique word UW1 cannot be detected and the unique word UW2 is detected, the error numbers of the unique word UW3 and the unique word UW4 are compared with each other including the pair of preambles. When the unique word UW3 or UW4 is detected, antenna switching is not performed. In FIG. 19, after the unique word UW1 is detected by the antenna A, the number of errors in the preamble and the unique word UW2 is subsequently detected, and after switching to the antenna B, the number of errors in the preamble and the unique word UW3 is detected. May be.
In this modification, the number of errors in the bit sequence of the radio signal received by each antenna with respect to the known bit sequence of the preamble and unique word is compared, and the payload with the smallest number of errors is selected and fixed. For this reason, the number of bits used for antenna selection increases, and the accuracy of antenna selection determination can be further improved. For example, when the preamble bit string is 128 bits and the unique word bit string is 32 bits, it is possible to detect the number of errors with respect to the total 160 bits and perform antenna selection, thereby enabling more accurate determination. Become.
(Modification)
FIG. 20 shows a configuration of still another modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the above embodiment. The system of this modification uses a unique word error number comparison unit 15 as one form of the signal quality comparison unit 13 in the system shown in FIG. Further, in this modification, a first counter 17 is further provided. The first counter 17 has a first predetermined time corresponding to the reception interval of the unique words at both ends of the preamble (after detecting a unique word in one packet, until the beginning of the next unique word is received). Time).
In FIG. 3, FIG. 8, FIG. 9, FIG. 16 and FIG. 19, etc., since the bit strings constituting each preamble are the same, the number of bits is the same, so that each unique word is at the same time interval. Sent from the corresponding transmission system. Therefore, after detecting a unique word, the first counter 17 counts the preamble transmission time, that is, the first predetermined time corresponding to the reception interval of the unique word, so that the next unique word can be found. it can.
FIG. 21 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system according to this modification. When the unique word UW1 or UW2 is detected by the multiple unique word detection unit 12 (YES in # 33), the unique word error number comparison unit 15 detects the number of unique word errors and switches the antenna (# 38). The first counter 17 starts and continues counting (NO in # 48, # 49, and # 50), and counts the first predetermined time corresponding to the preamble transmission time (YES in # 50). Is considered to have started receiving unique words. Accordingly, the plural unique word detection unit 12 detects a unique word, and the unique word error number comparison unit 15 detects the number of errors of the unique word (# 51).
If the number of errors after antenna switching is small (NO in # 40), the antenna is switched to the antenna after switching (# 20), and the process proceeds to # 8. If the number of errors before antenna switching is small (YES in # 40), the antenna is switched again (# 21), and the process proceeds to # 8.
In this modification, the first counter 17 counts from the timing when the unique word is detected by one antenna to the timing when the unique word for comparison is detected by the other antenna. Then, the unique word error number comparison unit 15 regards the bit string starting from that timing as the bit string of the next unique word and detects the error number of the unique word. As a result, because the reception level of the other antenna is low, or due to the influence of sudden noise, etc., bit synchronization cannot be established in the next preamble, or the unique word is at the same level as the noise. Even in this case, the unique word is detected from the signal received by the other antenna, and the number of errors can be detected.
(Modification)
FIG. 22 shows a configuration of still another modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the above embodiment. The system of this modification uses a unique word error number comparison unit 15 as one form of the signal quality comparison unit 13 in the system shown in FIG. Further, in this modification, a second counter 18 is further provided. The second counter 18 counts the second predetermined time after switching the antenna. Here, the second predetermined time counted by the second counter 18 is a time required for at least the transmission system corresponding to the transmission of the bit string constituting the unique word.
FIG. 23 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system according to this modification. FIG. 24 shows the relationship between the signal transmitted from the corresponding transmission system, the antenna switched by the antenna switching reception system, and the signal received by each antenna in the configuration without the second counter 18 of the present modification. Indicates. FIG. 25 shows the relationship between the signal transmitted from the corresponding transmission system, the antenna switched by the antenna switching reception system, and the signal received by each antenna in the configuration having the second counter 18 of the present modification. Show.
As shown in FIG. 24, when the receiving antenna is switched from the antenna A having good reception state to the antenna B being affected by fading at the timing T1 of the remaining several bits (for example, 1 bit) of the unique word UW1. Is assumed. Here, it is assumed that the reception state of the antenna A is good before the timing T1, and the number of errors of the unique word UW1 is less than the allowable limit value described above. Originally, since antenna B is affected by fading, the remaining number of bits of unique word UW1 should not be detected, but if it is the remaining number of bits, the unique word stored in unique word setting unit 08 There is a possibility of coincidence. At this time, the unique word detection unit 09 determines that the unique word UW1 has been detected from the signal received by the antenna B that has received the “tail” of the unique word UW1. After that, the unique word UW2 is detected after switching to the antenna A at T2, but if an error of several bits or more occurs in this process, the antenna control unit 10 uses the antenna as an antenna for receiving the payload. B will be selected by mistake. However, since the antenna B is affected by fading as described above, an error occurs in receiving the payload.
The occurrence of the above problem is also caused by the unique word detection unit 09 determining that the unique word has been received by the antenna that has received the “tail” of a unique word. However, even if the unique word detection unit 09 determines that the unique word has been received by the antenna that has received the "head" of a unique word, the same problem occurs depending on the antenna switching timing.
Therefore, in this modification, after switching the antenna, until the second counter 18 counts a predetermined time, the unique word is not detected (the unique word detection result is invalidated), thereby Prevent the occurrence of defects.
That is, in FIG. 23, when the antenna is switched in # 1, after resetting the second counter (# 52), the process proceeds to # 2 while starting / continuing counting (# 53) and receives a radio signal. Then, after down-conversion, demodulation, and synchronization establishment operations (# 3 to # 5), if the count value of the second counter matches the number of unique word bits (YES in # 53-2), the process proceeds to # 13 To do. Thereafter, the operations of # 13 to # 32 are the same as those in FIG. 7. However, in this modification, when comparing the signal quality in # 19 and # 28, # 14, # 18, # The number of errors of the unique word detected in 23 and # 27 is applied. When the unique word UW4 is detected in # 12 (YES in # 12), the payload is received by the antenna (# 8). When the unique word UW4 is not detected, the loop of # 2 to # 53 is repeated until the predetermined period comes (NO in # 53). When the predetermined period arrives (NO in # 12, YES in # 53-3), the process returns to # 1, switches the antenna, and repeats the loops # 1 to # 53. Thus, the unique word UW4 is detected and the payload is received (# 8). Note that the predetermined cycle in # 53-3 is the same as the predetermined cycle in # 1, and is a cycle twice the preamble and unique word transmission cycle.
In this modification, as shown in FIG. 25, even when the antenna A that is in a good reception state is switched to the antenna B that is affected by fading at the timing T1, the second counter 18 is set to the second predetermined time. Until the word is counted, the unique word is not detected. Thereby, since the unique word UW1 is not detected by the antenna B, the problem shown in FIG. 24 does not occur. Thereafter, the unique words UW2 and UW3 are not detected by the antenna B affected by fading. Then, during the reception of the unique word UW3, when a predetermined period of switching antenna # 53 # 3 arrives and the antenna is switched, the unique word UW4 is detected by the antenna A, and the payload can be received.
In this modification, after the antenna is switched, the unique word is not detected until the second predetermined time corresponding to the time required for transmitting the bit string constituting the unique word is counted by the second counter 18. It is configured. As a result, even if it encounters when switching to the other antenna at the timing immediately before the remaining several bits are detected by one antenna, the other antenna is erroneously judged to be in a better reception state, and the antenna selection is incorrect. Can be avoided.
(Modification)
FIG. 26 shows a configuration of a modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the embodiment. The system of this modification further includes a packet end detection unit 19 with respect to the system shown in FIG. The packet end detection unit 19 detects the end of the packet. The end of the packet can be known, for example, by detecting a packet end signal attached to the end of the payload. Further, when the packet length (or the data length of the payload) is known to the receiving system, the end of the packet may be detected by counting the time corresponding to the packet length with a counter.
FIG. 27 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system according to this modification. When the reception of the payload is started in # 8, the reception of the payload is continued until the packet end is detected (NO in # 54). When the packet end is detected (YES in # 54), the process returns to # 1, and the antenna control unit 10 automatically returns to the control for switching the antenna at a predetermined period, and receives the next packet.
In this modification, after completion of payload reception is detected by detecting a packet end, the process automatically switches to periodic antenna switching and returns to the search for a unique word. For this reason, even when the transmission system and the reception system are asynchronous and new packets transmitted one after another from the transmission system are received, it is possible to return to the antenna switching operation and appropriately cope with it.
(Modification)
FIG. 28 shows a configuration of a modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the above embodiment. The system of this modification further includes a unique word error number comparison unit 15 and a third counter 20 with respect to the system shown in FIG. The third counter 20 counts the third predetermined time after detecting the last unique word (immediately before the payload) in the packet being received by the multiple unique word detector 12.
Since the data included in the payload is arbitrary, it is rare that the bit string of the payload matches the bit string of the unique word. Therefore, in this modified example, the detection of the unique word is not performed for the third predetermined time during the reception of the payload, or it is invalidated even if it is detected, thereby preventing erroneous detection.
FIG. 29 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system according to this modification. When the multiple unique word detector 12 detects the last unique word (YES in # 55), the third counter 20 starts counting (# 55-2). Then, after passing through # 7 and # 8, no unique word is detected during the counting of the third counter 20 (NO loop in # 55, # 7, # 8, and # 56). When the third counter 20 counts the third predetermined time (YES in # 56), the third counter 20 stops counting, resets the count value, and returns to # 1.
30 and 31 show the relationship between the packet received according to this modification and the third predetermined time. 30 shows regular communication, and FIG. 31 shows non-periodic communication. For example, when the packet reception interval is known in the regular communication, the third predetermined time is a time from when a unique word of a packet is received to immediately before the next packet is received. In addition, when the packet reception interval is unknown in the non-periodic communication shown in FIG. 31, after receiving a unique word of a packet, the time during which the payload in the packet is received can be set as the third predetermined time. . In this case, when the data length of the payload is known, the time corresponding to the data length is set as the third predetermined time. In addition, when the data length of the payload is unknown, the above-described packet end detection unit 19 may detect the packet end signal instead of the third counter 20 counting the third predetermined time. The multiple unique word detection unit 12 detects any specific unique word instead of detecting the last unique word, and counts a third predetermined time including the time from there to the beginning of the payload in the packet. It may be a configuration.
In the present modification, since the unique word is not detected for the third predetermined time after the unique word is detected, it is possible to avoid erroneously detecting the bit string in the payload as the unique word. Is possible. In addition, when the communication interval is known in periodic communication, the unique word is not detected even when there is no received signal, so when there is no transmission from the corresponding transmission system, the noise is Can be prevented from being erroneously detected.
(Modification)
FIG. 32 shows a configuration of a modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the embodiment. The system of this modification further includes a reception level detection unit 21 with respect to the system shown in FIG. The reception level detection unit 21 detects the level of the radio signal received via any one of the antennas.
In the present modification, the reception system has two operation modes: a “low consumption mode” and a normal “diversity reception mode”. In the “low consumption mode”, the antenna switching unit 03, the RF unit 04, the antenna control unit 10, and the reception level detection unit 21 operate in the same manner as in the normal “diversity reception mode”, and other blocks sleep with low power consumption. Wait in state. In the “low consumption mode”, when the reception level detection unit 21 detects a signal level equal to or higher than a predetermined first threshold, the reception system shifts to a normal “diversity reception mode”. On the other hand, in the normal “diversity reception mode”, when the reception level detection unit 21 does not detect a signal level equal to or higher than a predetermined threshold for a predetermined period, the mode shifts to the “low consumption mode”. In addition, for example, in a communication system in which regular communication is performed once per hour, the configuration may be such that after the regular communication ends, the mode automatically shifts to the “low consumption mode”.
FIG. 33 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system according to this modification. FIG. 34 shows the relationship between received packets and operation mode switching. In FIG. 33, even when the reception system is operating in the “low-consumption mode” (# 58), a control signal for antenna switching is output from the antenna control unit 10 to the antenna switching unit 03, and the antenna is set to a predetermined level. The cycle is switched (# 1). If the antenna is fixed during standby in “low-consumption mode”, if it is affected by fading, the reception level at that antenna may be kept low, and it may not be possible to switch to “diversity reception mode”. There is. Therefore, in the present modification, the antenna is switched at a predetermined cycle even when operating in the low consumption mode so that it is not affected even if fading occurs during standby in the “low consumption mode” (see FIG. 34). ).
If the reception level detection unit 21 detects a signal level equal to or higher than the predetermined first threshold shown in FIG. 34 during operation in the “low consumption mode” (YES in # 59), the reception system is in the normal “diversity reception mode”. , And the operations after # 3 are executed.
In the present modification, the reception system stands by in the “low consumption mode” until the reception level becomes equal to or higher than the first threshold value, so that the current consumption of the system can be reduced. Even in the “low consumption mode”, since the antenna is switched at a predetermined cycle, a radio signal having a reception level equal to or higher than the first threshold can be detected without being affected by fading, and “diversity reception” It can shift to "mode".
(Modification)
FIG. 35 shows a configuration of a modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the above embodiment. The system of this modified example further includes a selected antenna storage unit 22 and a notification unit 23 with respect to the system shown in FIG. The selected antenna storage unit 22 stores the antenna selected by the antenna control unit 10 when receiving the payload. The notification unit 23 notifies the user (including the administrator of the reception system) of information related to the antenna using voice or light.
FIG. 36 shows the relationship between a packet received according to this modification and the antenna selected when the packet is received. As shown in FIG. 36, information related to the antenna (antenna A in FIG. 36) selected by the antenna control unit 10 when receiving the payload of the packet is stored in the selected antenna storage unit 22. The notification unit 23 refers to the selected antenna storage unit 22 and notifies the user to that effect when any one of the antennas is selected continuously for a predetermined number of times or more. In the case shown in FIG. 36, notification that the antenna A is continuously selected is made. Further, the notification may be made that only one antenna is continuously selected without specifying the selected antenna.
In this modification, when a payload is received continuously using any one of the antennas a predetermined number of times or more, the user is notified of that fact. For this reason, the user can know that there is no diversity effect or one of the antennas is broken, and the device can be moved to a place where the diversity effect is high, or the antenna etc. can be repaired. It becomes possible.
(Modification)
FIG. 37 shows a configuration of a modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the embodiment. The system of this modification further includes a reception level notification unit 24 and a diversity on / off switching unit (switching function setting unit) 24, compared to the system shown in FIG. The reception level notification unit 24 detects the level of the received radio signal and notifies the user using voice or light. This notification may be performed as necessary, or may be performed in response to a request from the user. Diversity on / off switching unit 24 2 is provided for the user to manually set the antenna switching function on (valid) / off (invalid). The user can manually set the diversity, that is, the validity / invalidity of the antenna switching function by checking the notification output from the reception level notification unit 24 and operating the diversity on / off switching unit 2 2 as necessary. .
FIG. 38 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system according to this modification. First, the reception level notifying unit 24 detects the level of the received radio signal and notifies the user using voice or light (# 60). When the diversity on / off switching unit 24 2 is operated by the user who knows the reception level by this notification and the diversity function is turned off (NO in # 60-2), a radio signal is received with the antenna fixed. (# 61). On the other hand, when the diversity function is turned on by the user (YES in # 60-2), a radio signal is received while switching the antenna at a constant cycle (after # 1).
FIG. 39 shows a configuration of a packet transmitted from a corresponding transmission system when the antenna switching function is enabled and disabled. When the antenna switching function is enabled, a unique word twice as many as the number of antennas and a pair of preambles are attached and transmitted. On the other hand, when the antenna switching function is disabled, it is sufficient if a single preamble and a unique word are attached. As a result, the packet length is shortened and transmission efficiency is improved. In this modification, the transmission function is added to the reception system, and the reception function is added to the corresponding transmission system, so that the transmission system can be notified and recognized of the validity / invalidity of the antenna switching function.
In this modification, since the reception level notification unit 24 is provided, the user can monitor the reception level from the outside of the reception system and can manually set the validity / invalidity of the antenna switching function. For this reason, for example, in a communication environment where the reception level is sufficiently high, the antenna switching function can be disabled and power consumption can be reduced. At this time, by notifying the corresponding transmission system that the antenna switching function is disabled and recognizing it, the transmission system attaches a single preamble and unique word to each packet as shown in FIG. Just send it. Therefore, the number of buckets that can be transmitted per unit time is increased, and the transmission efficiency can be improved. This also shortens the reception time by the reception system, which can contribute to further lower power consumption of the reception system. The notification that the antenna switching function is invalidated is realized by a configuration corresponding to, for example, a radio device 100 and a radio device 200 described later. In addition, if there is a concern that the communication environment may be affected by a large change in the surrounding environment, such as the placement of obstacles, even in a communication environment where the reception level is sufficiently high, the antenna switching function emphasizes communication reliability. It is possible to select according to the purpose, such as setting the item to be valid.
(Modification)
FIG. 40 shows a configuration of a modified example of the antenna switching reception system according to the embodiment. The system according to this modification further includes a reception level detection unit 21 and a diversity on / off control unit (switching function control unit) 25 with respect to the system shown in FIG. The reception level detection unit 21 detects the level of the radio signal received via any one of the antennas, similar to that shown in FIG. The diversity on / off control unit 25 automatically disables the antenna switching function based on the reception level detected by the reception level detection unit 21. That is, when the reception level detection unit 21 detects a signal level that is sufficient to receive a radio signal without switching the antenna and is equal to or higher than a predetermined second threshold, the diversity on / off control unit 25 has an antenna switching function. Is automatically disabled.
FIG. 41 shows the operation of the antenna switching reception system according to this modification. While switching the antennas A and B at a predetermined period (# 1), a radio signal transmitted from the transmission system is received (# 2), and the reception level detection unit 21 detects the level of the received radio signal. When a signal level equal to or higher than the second threshold is detected (YES in # 62), the transmission system is notified that the antenna switching function is invalidated until the next packet is received (# 63). It is automatically disabled (# 64), and the next packet is received with the antenna fixed (# 65). As shown in FIG. 39, the transmission system that has received the notification transmits a single preamble and a unique word UW attached to each packet to increase transmission efficiency. On the other hand, when a signal level equal to or higher than the second threshold is not detected, the process proceeds to # 3 and after while the antenna switching function is maintained effectively. In the above description, only level detection is performed. However, for example, level detection may be performed after UW is detected or after it is determined that a signal is to be received, thereby improving the reliability during level detection.
In this modification, when the reception level detection unit 21 detects a signal level that is sufficient to receive a radio signal without switching the antenna, the diversity level on / off control unit 25 Disable the switching function automatically. As a result, when a good communication environment is obtained, it is possible to automatically reduce power consumption without the user being aware of it. Further, the corresponding transmission system may transmit a single preamble and a unique word UW attached to each packet. Therefore, transmission efficiency can be improved.
(Modification)
In the modified example of the antenna switching reception system shown in FIG. 37 or 40, when the unique word cannot be detected continuously for the fourth predetermined time in the state where the antenna switching function is disabled, the switching function control unit enables the antenna switching function. You may comprise so that it may become. In this case, even when a change occurs in the communication environment due to an obstacle or a change in the layout of the transmission system or the reception system, the antenna switching function automatically returns to an effective state, so that it can be handled.
Furthermore, when the payload is successfully received, it can be modified to transmit an ACK to that effect to the corresponding transmission system. In this case, if the transmission system cannot receive the ACK continuously for a predetermined time, it can know that the reception system has failed to receive the payload.
At this time, as shown in FIG. 42, when the transmission system shortens the data length by using a single preamble and unique word UW, it transmits a preamble and unique word UW twice the number of antennas. Switch. As a result, the reception system can automatically and effectively function the antenna switching function, and the occurrence of a reception error due to deterioration of the reception level due to multipath fading can be restored again to an avoidable state. It becomes like this. Note that the transmission of ACK is realized by, for example, a configuration corresponding to a radio device 100 and a radio device 200 described later.
(Modification)
Further, in the modification example of the antenna switching reception system shown in FIG. 37 or FIG. 40, even when the antenna switching function is disabled, the antenna switching function is periodically switched to be enabled effectively. Also good.
In this case, as shown in FIG. 43, the reception system performs reception by periodically enabling the antenna switching function every predetermined period, and otherwise, the receiving system is fixed to the antenna selected by the most recent antenna switching operation. Receive. In the figure, after fixing to one of the antennas in the packet 1, the antenna switching function is disabled and the antenna is fixed until the reception of the packet P is completed, and the antenna is received before receiving the preamble of the next packet P + 1. Enable the switching function. By repeating this operation, it is possible to reduce power consumption compared to the case where the antenna switching function is always used, and the antenna is periodically selected by periodic diversity communication. It becomes possible to follow.
(Example of communication system construction)
FIG. 44 shows an outline of a wireless communication system constructed by applying the antenna switching reception system of the present invention. FIG. 45 shows a relationship between an antenna switched by a radio device in which an antenna switching reception system is mounted and a signal received and transmitted by each antenna in a wireless communication system.
The wireless communication system includes a wireless device 100, a wireless device (wireless communication device) 200, and the like. The radio device 100 is built in, for example, a monitor device. The radio device 200 is built in, for example, a switchboard. In the radio device 200, the antenna switching reception system of the present invention is mounted together with two antennas A and B. The corresponding transmission system is wireless with one antenna
It is mounted on the container 100. Since the wireless device 100 and the wireless device 200 perform bidirectional communication, a transmission system and a reception system are mounted, respectively.
Communication between the two is started by transmitting a wireless signal from the wireless device 100 to the wireless device 200, and the wireless signal is returned from the wireless device 200 to the wireless device 100. At this time, the radio device 200 selects an antenna suitable for the communication environment by the switching diversity function using the two antennas A and B, and receives the payload of the radio signal. Further, when a radio signal is transmitted from the radio device 200 to the radio device 100, the antenna selected at the time of reception of the immediately preceding (last) payload is used. For example, in FIG. 45, a radio signal is transmitted from the radio device 200 to the radio device 100 using the antenna A that was selected when the payload was received. The radio device 100 that receives this radio signal is not provided with a diversity function. However, by effectively utilizing the diversity function provided in the radio device 200, a communication environment between the radio device 100 and the radio device 200 is obtained. It is possible to receive a high-quality wireless signal that matches the above.
In selecting an antenna to be used when transmitting from the radio device 200, an antenna that has received a larger number of packet payloads may be selected statistically during a past specific or unspecified period.
According to the construction example of this communication system, the antenna selected at the time of reception is used for the reply after receiving by making use of the diversity function provided in the radio device 200. Thus, when communication is started by transmission from the wireless device 100, only the other wireless device 200 is provided with a plurality of antennas and has a diversity function, and both transmission and reception are performed during bidirectional communication between the two devices. Diversity effects can be obtained.
Further, when transmitting using the diversity function provided in the wireless device 200, it is necessary to transmit the number of times corresponding to the number of antennas. However, according to the construction example of this communication system, since the antenna to be used for transmission has already been determined, it is only necessary to transmit once using that antenna. Therefore, the transmission time can be shortened and the power consumption of the wireless device 200 can be reduced.
The present invention is not limited to the configuration of the above embodiment. It is only necessary to compare the quality of the received radio signal while switching the antenna at least at a predetermined cycle and select an antenna that receives the payload. The present invention can be variously modified. For example, the antenna switching reception system is not limited to the switchboard, and can be widely applied to various electrical appliances such as a lighting control switch having a wireless communication function. Further, the antenna switching reception system may be constructed by appropriately combining the configurations of the respective modifications. For example, in the modification example shown in FIG. 20, the reception level comparison unit 14 shown in FIG. 14 is further provided to compare the radio signal level and the number of errors in the bit string, and fix the payload to the optimum antenna. You may comprise so that it may receive. In addition, the reception level comparison unit 14 may be provided instead of the unique word error number comparison unit 15 to compare the radio signal levels, and fix the antenna to an optimum antenna to receive the payload.
(Second Embodiment)
An antenna switching reception system according to a second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 46 shows a schematic configuration of the antenna switching reception system. The antenna switching reception system 110 includes an antenna unit 111 having two antennas, an antenna switching unit 112, an antenna switching timing detection unit 113, an antenna switching determination unit 114, and the like. The antenna switching unit 112 switches from two antennas to one of the antennas. The antenna switching timing detection unit 113 detects the timing at which the antenna switching unit 112 switches antennas, for example, by detecting a signal of a predetermined level or higher. The antenna switching determination unit 114 selects the antenna that receives the payload signal based on the RSSI (Received Signal Strength) of the signal received by any one of the antennas via the antenna switching unit 112, and sends a control signal to that effect. Output to the antenna switching unit 112. In the following, a case where there are two antennas connected to the antenna switching unit 112 will be described. However, three or more antennas may be used.
FIG. 47 shows signals received using two antennas, that is, antenna A and antenna B, in antenna switching reception system 110, and the operation of antenna switching reception system 110 when these signals are received. In particular, an example in which the antenna A is initially selected and the test 1 signal is received by the antenna A is shown. FIG. 48 is a flowchart showing the operation of the antenna switching reception system 110 of FIG.
The signal shown in FIG. 47 is transmitted from a transmission system corresponding to the antenna switching reception system 110 of the present embodiment. At least a test 1 signal, a test 2 signal, and a payload signal are transmitted from the transmission system. One frame is composed of the test 1 signal, the test 2 signal, and the payload signal. A unique word signal (not shown) for frame synchronization is transmitted before the payload signal.
The test 1 signal and test 2 signal are used to select the antenna that receives the payload signal. The test 1 signal is received by the initially selected antenna, and the test 2 signal is received by the switched antenna. This test signal is added as appropriate according to the number of antennas switched by the antenna switching unit 112. The payload signal includes, for example, various data such as a header, video, audio, air temperature, a known signal sequence for the equalizer to estimate the multipath environment, or various control signals.
The operation of the antenna switching reception system 110 according to the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. The antenna switching receiving system 110 is initially waiting (# 101). When the antenna unit 111 of the antenna switching reception system 110 receives the signal (# 102) and the antenna switching timing detection unit 113 detects the antenna switching timing (YES in # 103), the antenna switching determination unit 114 detects the antenna A. The reception level is detected (# 104). Here, the detection of the reception level is not limited to that based on RSSI, but may be based on the amplification factor when the received signal is amplified by the automatic gain control circuit. Then, the antenna switching determination unit 114 switches to the antenna B (# 105) and detects the reception level of the antenna B (# 106). The antenna switching is performed based on the antenna switching timing detected by the antenna switching timing detection unit 113. Thereafter, the antenna switching determination unit 114 compares the reception level of the antenna A with the reception level of the antenna B (# 107). When the reception level of antenna A is higher (YES in # 108), antenna switching determination unit 114 selects antenna A as an antenna for receiving the payload signal. That is, the antenna switching determination unit 114 outputs a control signal for switching to the antenna A to the antenna switching unit 112 (# 109), and receives a payload signal by the antenna A (# 110). The example shown in FIG. 47 corresponds to this case. When the reception level of antenna B is higher (NO in # 108), antenna B is selected as the antenna for receiving the payload signal. That is, the antenna switching determination unit 114 receives the payload signal by the antenna B while being fixed to the antenna B (# 111). When the reception level of antenna A is the same as the reception level of antenna B, the payload signal is received by antenna B that last received the test signal (# 111).
It should be noted that the antenna selection may be made not by comparing the reception level but by indicating signal quality such as the number of bit errors.
According to this antenna switching reception system 110, before receiving the payload signal, the antenna that receives the test signal and receives the payload signal is selected by each antenna, and therefore the influence of level fluctuations due to multipath fading with a simple configuration Can be reduced. Thereby, even in a multipath environment, it is possible to avoid the occurrence of errors due to reception level deterioration due to multipath fading. Further, near real-time transmission can be realized by reducing the number of retransmissions. Further, when retransmission is unnecessary, it is possible to eliminate the retransmission function and contribute to cost reduction and size reduction.
(Modification)
FIG. 49 shows a schematic configuration of a modified example of the antenna switching reception system 110 of the second embodiment. In this antenna switching reception system 110, a correlation value calculation unit 115 is applied as an example of the antenna switching timing detection unit 113 in FIG. The transmission system transmits an antenna switching timing detection signal composed of a specific sequence of signal strings before the test 1 signal. The antenna switching timing detection signal is a signal for detecting a reference timing for switching the antenna to be used to the antenna A or the antenna B when receiving the test 1 signal and the test 2 signal. The antenna switching timing detection signal may be transmitted at a transmission rate lower than the transmission rate of the payload signal, and may include a bit synchronization preamble before that. The correlation value calculation unit (storage unit) 115 stores a signal sequence (reference signal) in the same sequence as the antenna switching timing detection signal transmitted from the transmission system. Examples of the signal sequence include a random signal such as 01100101011000101..., A bit sequence far from the sequence of fixed bit sequences in the payload, an M sequence having excellent correlation characteristics, and a similar signal sequence. The correlation value calculation unit 115 calculates a correlation value between the stored signal sequence and the signal sequence of the received antenna switching timing detection signal. In this modification, the antenna switching timing detection signal is detected based on the correlation value calculated by the correlation value calculation unit 115.
FIG. 50 shows a signal received using the antenna A and the antenna B in the antenna switching reception system 110 of the present modification, and an operation of the antenna switching reception system 110 when receiving this signal. FIG. 51 is a flowchart showing the operation of the antenna switching reception system 110 of this modification. In this modification, # 112 is executed instead of the process of # 103 shown in FIG.
An antenna switching timing detection signal, a test 1 signal, a test 2 signal, and a payload signal are transmitted from the transmission system. Of the antenna switching timing detection signal, the test 1 signal, the test 2 signal, and the payload signal constituting one frame, the antenna switching timing detection signal is transmitted at a lower transmission rate than other signals. A signal received via any one of the antennas is compared with a reference signal stored by the correlation value calculation unit 115 while shifting by one sample (1 bit in this modification), and the degree of coincidence is sequentially digitized. A correlation value is calculated. If the degree of coincidence is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold, it is determined that an antenna switching timing detection signal has been detected (YES in # 112), and antenna switching determination unit 114 detects the reception level of antenna A (# 104). The subsequent processing is the same as that shown in FIG.
According to this antenna switching reception system 110, the antenna switching timing is detected by correlation value detection, so that the antenna switching timing detection signal and the noise can be more clearly distinguished, and the resistance to noise is enhanced. Is possible. In addition, since antenna switching can be determined at any location simply by inserting the signal sequence of the antenna switching timing detection signal at the location where antenna switching is desired, the degree of freedom in frame configuration can be increased.
In addition, since the antenna switching timing detection signal transmitted at a lower transmission rate than the payload signal is received, the influence of intersymbol interference due to multipath is avoided and the signal energy per bit increases. High sensitivity. Therefore, even when an antenna affected by reception level deterioration caused by communication environment deterioration such as multipath fading is selected, the antenna switching timing detection signal can be detected without fail. Therefore, even when an antenna affected by reception level deterioration due to deterioration of the communication environment such as multipath fading is selected, an antenna for receiving a payload signal can be selected accurately. . For example, even if the initially selected antenna is affected by level degradation caused by multipath fading, the payload can be received by an antenna with less influence. As a result, it is possible to avoid a reception error due to the level deterioration due to multipath fading.
(Modification)
FIG. 52A shows an example of a signal (modulated signal) transmitted as an antenna switching timing detection signal of still another modified example of the antenna switching reception system 110. FIG. 52B shows an example of a demodulated signal whose level is adjusted, and FIG. 52C shows an example of a demodulated signal in a saturated state where level adjustment is not performed. Signals received and demodulated via the antenna unit 111 and the antenna switching unit 112 are level-adjusted by an automatic gain control unit (not shown) and then input to the correlation value calculation unit 115. Here, when the influence of multipath fading is large, the demodulated signal level after gain control by the automatic gain control unit may be small as shown in FIG. In view of this, the present modification is configured such that, for example, the transmission signal is a binary signal such as BPSK, thereby eliminating the need for gain control and allowing demodulation and detection even in a saturated state.
In this antenna switching reception system 110, when the transmission signal is a binary signal, the reception signal is also input to the correlation value calculation unit 115 without performing gain control by the automatic gain control unit as shown in FIG. 52 (c). As shown, since it does not depend on the reception level, it can be demodulated even in a saturated state. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the influence of multipath fading and suppress the deterioration of the reception level. As a result, it is possible to improve the detection probability of the antenna switching timing detection signal and reduce the probability that the antenna cannot be switched. Also, by fixing the gain by the automatic gain control unit to the maximum, it is possible to demodulate even in a saturated state without depending on the reception level.
(Modification)
FIG. 53 shows a schematic configuration of still another modified example of the antenna switching reception system 110 of the second embodiment. This antenna switching reception system 110 is configured by adding a counter unit 116 to the antenna switching reception system 110 of FIG. The counter unit 116 counts the time from a specific antenna switching reference timing to the next antenna switching reference timing. In the antenna switching reception system 110, the next antenna switching timing reference is detected based on the count value of the counter unit 116.
54 and 55 illustrate signals (frames) received using the antenna A and the antenna B and the operation of the counter unit 116 in the antenna switching reception system 110 according to the present modification. In particular, FIG. 54 shows a case where a frame is received at a constant cycle without an error, and FIG. 55 shows a case where a frame is not received at a constant cycle with an error. FIG. 56 is a flowchart showing an operation (particularly, an operation corresponding to FIG. 55) of the antenna switching reception system 110 of the present modification. In this modification, # 113, # 113-1, # 114, and # 114-1 are executed in place of the process of # 103 shown in FIG.
The counter unit 116 starts counting from when the antenna switching timing detection unit 113 first detects an antenna switching timing detection signal. And it counts to the count value N corresponding to the timing used as the reference | standard of antenna switching in the following flame | frame, and resets a counter. The start of counting by the counter unit 116 may be a timing determined within each frame, or may be a timing at which synchronization is established by detection of a unique word signal for frame synchronization after the test 2 signal. .
In FIG. 54, when the frames are received at a constant period, the timing at which the antenna switching timing detection unit 113 detects the antenna switching timing detection signal in the next frame matches the timing at which the counter unit 116 counts the count value N. Can be made. Therefore, when the counter unit 116 counts the count value N, it can be considered that the antenna switching timing detection signal has been detected. This eliminates the need for the antenna switching timing detection signal from the next frame onward, thereby improving the transmission efficiency of the payload signal. The operation in FIG. 54 corresponds to the operation in which the process of # 114 in FIG. 56 is omitted and the process proceeds to # 104.
On the other hand, in FIG. 55, when a frame cannot be received at a fixed period, the antenna switching timing detection unit 113 detects an antenna switching timing detection signal in the next frame while the counter unit 116 uses the count value as an auxiliary. . That is, a timing that is an approximate reference for antenna switching is detected based on the count value of the counter unit 116, and the antenna switching timing detection unit 113 is operated for a predetermined time before and after that. 55 and 56, for example, after the counter unit 116 has counted up to N-4 (YES in # 113), the antenna switching timing detection unit 113 is operated for a predetermined time, and the antenna switching timing detection signal is detected. Is detected (# 114). Thereby, even when an error is included in the frame period, the detection accuracy of the antenna switching timing detection signal can be improved by supplementarily using the count value of the counter unit 116. For example, when the correlation value calculation unit 115 is applied as the antenna switching timing detection unit 113, the antenna switching timing detection signal associated with the calculation of the correlation value is compared with the case where the antenna switching timing detection signal is always detected. The probability of erroneous detection due to noise or the like can be reduced. If the antenna switching timing detection signal can be detected in # 114 (YES in # 114), the count value of the counter unit 116 is reset (# 114-1) and the process proceeds to # 104. If NO (NO in # 114), the process returns to # 101.
(Modification)
FIG. 57 shows a schematic configuration of still another modified example of the antenna switching reception system 110 of the second embodiment. This antenna switching reception system 110 is configured by adding an antenna periodic switching control unit 117 to the antenna switching reception system 110 of FIG. The antenna periodic switching control unit 117 switches the antennas every predetermined period having a period equal to or longer than the length of the antenna switching timing detection signal. Accordingly, the antenna switching timing detection signal is transmitted over a plurality of times at least twice the number of antennas in one frame.
FIG. 58 shows a signal received using the antenna A and the antenna B in the antenna switching reception system 110 of this modification, and an operation of the antenna switching reception system 110 when receiving this signal. In particular, a case is shown in which the antenna is switched every cycle that is twice the length of the antenna switching timing detection signal. FIG. 59 is a flowchart showing the operation of the antenna switching reception system 110 of this modification. In this modified example, steps # 115 to # 118 are executed instead of the processing of # 102 and # 103 shown in FIG.
In this modification, the frame transmitted from the transmission system includes antenna switching timing detection signals 1 to 4. The antenna switching timing detection signals 1 to 4 are configured by different specific signal sequences. Since the antenna switching reception system 110 switches antennas regardless of the timing at which frames are transmitted from the transmission system, various patterns can be considered as to which signal is received by which antenna. For example, the antenna switching timing detection signal is received at the reception timing of the three patterns shown in FIG.
In the reception timing example 1, when the antenna switching timing detection signal 1 cannot be detected due to degradation of the reception level or noise, the antenna switching timing detection signal 2 is continuously received. However, since the antenna A is switched to the antenna B during the reception, the antenna switching timing detection signal 2 is not detected. However, in the present modification, the antenna is switched at a cycle that is twice the length of the antenna switching timing detection signal, so that the antenna is not switched during reception of the next antenna switching timing detection signal 3. Therefore, the antenna switching timing detection signal 3 can be detected by the antenna B.
In the reception timing example 2, first, the antenna switching timing detection signal 1 is not detected because the antenna A is switched to the antenna B during reception of the antenna switching timing detection signal 1. Subsequently, if the antenna switching timing detection signal 2 cannot be detected during reception of the antenna switching timing detection signal 2 due to reception level deterioration or noise, the antenna switching timing detection signal 3 is continuously received. However, since the antenna B is switched to the antenna A during the reception, the antenna switching timing detection signal 3 is not detected. However, in the present modification, the antenna is switched at a cycle that is twice the length of the antenna switching timing detection signal, so that the antenna is not switched during reception of the next antenna switching timing detection signal 4. Therefore, the antenna switching timing detection signal 4 can be detected by the antenna A.
Reception timing example 3 shows a case where the timing for starting reception of the antenna switching timing detection signal matches the timing for switching the antenna. In this case, when the antenna switching timing detection signals 1 and 2 cannot be detected by the antenna B due to reception level degradation, noise, or the like, the antenna switching timing detection signal 3 is detected by switching to the antenna A.
Thus, in this modification, the antenna periodic switching control unit 117 periodically switches the antenna (# 115), and the antenna switching timing detection unit 113 detects the antenna switching timing detection signal (in # 116). YES). Since the antenna switching timing detection signals are composed of different specific signal sequences, the antenna switching timing detection unit 113 specifies which antenna switching timing detection signal the detected antenna switching timing detection signal is. it can. Then, the periodic antenna switching control unit 117 counts the time until the test 1 signal is received according to the antenna switching timing detection signal detected by the antenna switching timing detection unit 113 (# 117). For example, in the case of the reception timing examples 1 and 3 in FIG. 58, the antenna regular switching control unit 117 counts the time corresponding to the antenna switching timing detection signal 4. If the antenna switching timing detection signal 1 is detected, the time corresponding to the antenna switching timing detection signals 2 to 4 is counted. Since it is sufficient that one of the antenna switching timing detection signals is detected, the antenna switching timing detection function by the antenna switching timing detection unit 113 is stopped during the counting by the antenna periodic switching control unit 117. (# 118). Thereafter, when the count by the antenna periodic switching control unit 117 is completed, the process proceeds to # 104. Since it is the same as that of FIG. 48 after this, description is abbreviate | omitted.
According to this antenna switching reception system 110, a signal for antenna switching timing detection is received a plurality of times, and the antenna switching timing can be detected by any of the antennas by switching the antennas at predetermined intervals. For this reason, even if an antenna switching timing detection signal is being received by one of the antennas, the antenna switching timing detection signal can be detected by another antenna even if detection becomes impossible due to an instantaneous drop in reception level. it can.
(Modification)
FIG. 60 shows a schematic configuration of still another modified example of the antenna switching reception system 110 of the second embodiment. This antenna switching reception system 110 is configured by adding an antenna switching timing detection on / off control unit (antenna switching timing detection on / off control unit) 118 to the antenna switching reception system 110 of FIG. The antenna switching timing detection on / off control unit 118 controls the antenna switching timing detection unit 113 not to detect the antenna switching timing detection signal for a predetermined period after detecting the antenna switching timing detection signal.
FIG. 61 shows a signal received using the antenna A and the antenna B in the antenna switching reception system 110 of the present modification, and an operation of the antenna switching reception system 110 when receiving this signal. FIG. 62 is a flowchart showing the operation of the antenna switching reception system 110 of this modification. In this modified example, # 119 between the processes of # 102 and # 103 shown in FIG. 48, # 120 between the processes of # 103 and # 104, and # 121 after the processes of # 110 and # 111, The process of # 122 is executed.
In FIG. 62, when the antenna unit 111 receives a signal (# 102), if the signal output from the antenna switching timing detection on / off control unit 118 is on (YES in # 119), the process proceeds to # 103. When antenna switching timing detector 113 detects the antenna switching timing (YES in # 103), the signal output from antenna switching timing detection on / off controller 118 is turned off (# 120). Thereby, as shown in FIG. 61, the antenna switching timing detection function is turned off. Thereafter, the processes of # 104 to # 110 or # 111 are executed in the same manner as in FIG. 48, and the payload signal is received by one of the antennas (YES in # 121), and then output from the antenna switching timing detection on / off control unit 118. After the signal to be turned on is turned on (# 122), the process returns to # 101. If the signal output from the antenna switching timing detection on / off control unit 118 is not on (NO in # 119), the process returns to # 101.
According to this antenna switching reception system 110, after the antenna switching timing is detected, the antenna switching timing is not detected during a predetermined period including the reception time of the payload signal. As a result, it is possible to suppress erroneous detection of the antenna switching timing with respect to a payload signal or noise that becomes a random signal. Therefore, it is possible to prevent an error associated with switching the antenna during reception of the payload signal (because a physical switching time is required for switching the antenna and the payload cannot be received during that time). In addition, when only one of the antennas can be received, it is possible to prevent occurrence of a reception error due to unnecessary antenna switching. Equipped with an equalizer to suppress errors associated with antenna switching during transmission / reception of payload signals, even in systems that require fixed antennas during transmission / reception of payload signals and a fixed multipath environment for transmission / reception it can. That is, it is possible to prevent the multipath environment from being suddenly changed during transmission / reception of the payload signal and the multipath cancellation function by the equalizer from operating normally. As a predetermined period during which the antenna switching timing is not detected, a period from when the reception of the payload signal of the current frame is completed to immediately before the reception of the antenna switching timing detection signal of the next frame may be set. In this case, erroneous detection of the antenna switching timing with respect to noise after the completion of reception of the payload signal of the current frame can also be suppressed.
In this modification, even when noise is erroneously detected as an antenna switching timing detection signal, the detection function of the antenna switching timing detection signal is stopped for a predetermined period. Thus, after detecting the antenna switching timing detection signal, the antenna switching timing detection signal may not be detected for a predetermined period when a unique word signal transmitted thereafter is detected. In this case, the unique word signal is transmitted following the antenna switching timing detection signal, the test 1 signal, and the test 2 signal, for example (see FIG. 46). If a unique word can be detected after detecting the antenna switching timing detection signal, it can be determined that the previously detected antenna switching timing detection signal is correct. On the other hand, if the unique word signal cannot be detected, it can be determined that the previously detected antenna switching timing detection signal is incorrect, and the detection of the antenna switching timing detection signal is continued. According to this configuration, since the detection of the unique word signal is used in combination with the detection of the antenna switching timing detection signal, the possibility of misidentifying noise as the antenna switching timing detection signal can be reduced.
(Modification)
FIG. 63 shows a schematic configuration of still another modified example of the antenna switching reception system 110 of the second embodiment. This antenna switching reception system 110 is configured by adding a non-detection time counter unit 120 to the antenna switching reception system 110 of FIG. The non-detection time counter unit 120 counts the time during which no antenna switching timing detection signal is detected. In this antenna switching reception system 110, when the non-detection time counter unit 120 counts a predetermined time during reception by any one of the antennas, switching to another antenna is performed.
FIG. 64 shows a signal received using the antenna A and the antenna B in the antenna switching reception system 110 of this modification, and an operation of the antenna switching reception system 110 when receiving this signal. FIG. 65 is a flowchart showing the operation of the antenna switching reception system 110 of this modification. In this modified example, when NO in # 112 shown in FIG. 51, the processes of # 125 to # 128 are executed.
In this modification, as shown in FIG. 65, when the antenna switching timing detection signal that should be received by the antenna A cannot be received over the frames 1 and 2 (NO in # 112), the following operation is performed. Do. That is, if the non-detection time counter unit 120 is not counting time (NO in # 125), the non-detection time counter unit 120 starts counting (# 126) and returns to # 101. If the non-detection time counter unit 120 is counting (YES in # 125) and the count value of the non-detection time counter unit 120 is not the specified value or more (NO in # 127), the process returns to # 101. If the count value of the non-detection time counter unit 120 is equal to or greater than the specified value (YES in # 127), the count is stopped and switched to another antenna B assuming that a predetermined time has elapsed (# 128). Here, the predetermined time means a time sufficient to detect the antenna switching timing signal at least once if the antenna and the communication environment are normal. For example, in FIG. 64, the specified value is set so as to be longer than the time required for communication of frame 1 and frame 2.
According to this antenna switching reception system 110, when a signal train of antenna switching timing detection signals cannot be obtained even if a signal is received for a predetermined period, switching to another antenna is performed. Therefore, one antenna does not continue to wait for the antenna switching timing detection signal. Therefore, even when one of the antennas is broken or temporarily malfunctioned, the antenna switching timing detection signal can be received by another antenna.
(Modification)
FIG. 66 shows a schematic configuration of still another modified example of the antenna switching reception system 110 of the second embodiment. This antenna switching reception system 110 is configured by adding a second correlation value calculation unit 122 and a second correlation value calculation unit 123 to the antenna switching reception system 110 of FIG. In addition, a test signal composed of a signal sequence in a specific sequence different from the antenna switching timing detection signal is transmitted from the transmission system. The second correlation value calculation unit (storage unit) 122 stores a signal sequence (reference signal) in the same sequence as the transmitted test 1 signal. The second correlation value calculation unit 122 detects the test 1 signal based on the correlation value by calculating the correlation value between the stored signal sequence and the signal sequence of the received test 1 signal. Similarly, the second correlation value calculation unit (storage unit) 123 stores a signal sequence (reference signal) in the same sequence as the transmitted test 2 signal. The second correlation value calculation unit 123 detects the test 2 signal based on the correlation value by calculating the correlation value between the stored signal sequence and the signal sequence of the received test 2 signal. As a result, even if the antenna switching timing detection signal cannot be detected due to instantaneous reception level deterioration or instantaneous noise mixing, the frame can be detected by detecting the test 1 signal or the test 2 signal. The payload signal can be received.
FIG. 67 shows a signal received using the antenna A and the antenna B in the antenna switching reception system 110 of this modification, and the operation of the antenna switching reception system 110 when receiving this signal. FIG. 68 is a flowchart showing the operation of the antenna switching reception system 110 of this modification. In the present modification, when NO at # 112 shown in FIG. 51, processes at # 131 to # 132 are executed. If YES at # 112, the process at # 133 is executed.
The calculation of the correlation value by the second correlation value calculation unit 122 and the second correlation value calculation unit 123 is performed in parallel with the calculation of the correlation value by the correlation value calculation unit 115. As shown in FIG. 67, the test 1 signal and the test 2 signal are transmitted following the antenna switching timing detection signal. When the correlation value calculation unit 115 detects the antenna switching timing (YES in # 112), the function is stopped so that the second correlation value calculation units 122 and 123 do not detect the test 1 signal or the test 2 signal. (# 133). Thereafter, similarly to FIG. 51, the processing after # 104, that is, the antenna that receives the payload signal is determined by comparing the reception level detected by each antenna while switching the antenna. In this way, when the correlation value calculation unit 115 detects the antenna switching timing detection signal, the correlation detection by the second correlation value calculation unit 122 using the test 1 signal is not performed or is invalid even if performed. To do. In this case, after receiving the payload signal at # 110 or # 111, the second correlation value calculation units 122 and 123 are operated again in preparation for reception of the next frame.
When correlation value calculation unit 115 cannot detect the antenna switching timing (NO in # 112), if test 1 signal is detected by second correlation value calculation unit 122 (YES in # 131), current antenna A A payload signal is received (# 110). Even when the test 1 signal is not detected by the second correlation value calculator 122 (NO in # 131), if the test 2 signal is detected by the second correlation value calculator 123 (YES in # 132), the current The payload signal is received by the antenna A (# 110). If the second correlation value calculation unit 123 does not detect the test 2 signal within the predetermined time (NO in # 132), the process returns to # 101. Thus, when the second correlation value calculation unit 122 detects the test 1 signal, the antenna switching operation is not performed, and another process can be performed during the time during which the test 2 signal is transmitted. For example, when the payload signal is not binary and the reception level needs to be adjusted, it can be assigned to the gain adjustment time of automatic gain control. When the second correlation value calculation unit 123 detects the test 2 signal, the antenna switching operation is not executed and the payload signal is received with the current automatic gain control value.
According to the antenna switching reception system 110, when the antenna switching timing detection signal cannot be detected, the second correlation value calculation unit 122 or the second correlation value calculation unit 123 detects the test 1 signal or the test 2 signal. Therefore, it is possible to detect the head of the payload signal in two or three stages. As a result, even when noise or an instantaneous level drop occurs during reception of the antenna switching timing detection signal, the head of the payload signal can be detected by the test 1 signal or the test 2 signal. The probability of losing the payload signal can be reduced. Note that the second correlation value calculation unit for detecting the test signal can be further added according to the number of test signals to be transmitted (that is, the number of antennas).
Note that the present invention is not limited to the configuration of the above-described embodiment, and at least before receiving a payload signal, the antenna may be configured to receive a test signal with a plurality of antennas and select an antenna that receives the payload signal. That's fine. Moreover, the antenna switching reception system which combined the characteristic of each embodiment mentioned above suitably may be sufficient.
Although preferred embodiments of the present invention have been described above, the present invention is not limited to these specific embodiments, and various changes and modifications can be made within the scope of the following claims. It can be said that it belongs to the category of the present invention.

Claims (29)

  1.  複数のアンテナを切り替えて無線信号を受信するアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、所定周期でアンテナを切り替えながら受信した無線信号の品質を比較して、ペイロードを受信するアンテナを選択することを特徴とするアンテナ切り替え受信システム。 In an antenna switching receiving system for switching a plurality of antennas to receive a radio signal, the antenna switching is characterized in that the quality of the received radio signal is compared while the antenna is switched at a predetermined cycle, and the antenna that receives the payload is selected. Receiving system.
  2.  アンテナの切り替えを制御するアンテナ制御部と、
     既知のユニークワードのビット列を予め設定し記憶するユニークワード設定部と、
     アンテナを切り替えながら受信した無線信号のビット列を検索して、前記ユニークワード設定部によって記憶されているユニークワードと同一のビット列を検出するユニークワード検出部と、
     各アンテナ毎に受信した無線信号の品質を比較する信号品質比較部を備え、
     前記ユニークワード検出部がユニークワードを検出したとき、
     前記アンテナ制御部は、前記信号品質比較部によって比較された結果、最も信号品質が高いと判断されるアンテナを選択して、その後のペイロードを受信することを特徴とする請求項1に記載のアンテナ切り替え受信システム。
    An antenna control unit for controlling antenna switching;
    A unique word setting unit for presetting and storing a bit string of a known unique word;
    A unique word detection unit that searches a bit string of a received radio signal while switching antennas and detects a bit string that is the same as the unique word stored by the unique word setting unit;
    A signal quality comparison unit that compares the quality of radio signals received for each antenna is provided.
    When the unique word detector detects a unique word,
    The antenna according to claim 1, wherein the antenna control unit selects an antenna determined to have the highest signal quality as a result of comparison by the signal quality comparison unit, and receives a subsequent payload. Switching reception system.
  3.  対応する送信システムからは、相異なるビット列から成る複数のユニークワードが特定の順序でペイロードの前に送信され、
     前記送信システムから送信される複数のユニークワードと同一の複数のユニークワード
     が、前記ユニークワード設定部によって予め設定され記憶されており、
     前記ユニークワード検出部は、前記複数のユニークワードを個別に検出する複数ユニークワード検出部であり、
     前記複数ユニークワード検出部が、所定のユニークワードを検出したとき、
     前記アンテナ制御部は、最も信号品質が高いと判断されるアンテナを選択することを特徴とする請求項2に記載のアンテナ切り替え受信システム。
    From the corresponding transmission system, multiple unique words consisting of different bit strings are transmitted in a specific order before the payload,
    A plurality of unique words that are the same as a plurality of unique words transmitted from the transmission system are preset and stored by the unique word setting unit,
    The unique word detection unit is a multiple unique word detection unit that individually detects the plurality of unique words,
    When the multiple unique word detection unit detects a predetermined unique word,
    The antenna switching reception system according to claim 2, wherein the antenna control unit selects an antenna that is determined to have the highest signal quality.
  4.  前記信号品質比較部は、
     各アンテナによって受信した無線信号のレベルを比較する受信レベル比較部を有することを特徴とする請求項2又は請求項3に記載のアンテナ切り替え受信システム。
    The signal quality comparison unit
    4. The antenna switching reception system according to claim 2, further comprising a reception level comparison unit that compares levels of radio signals received by the respective antennas.
  5.  前記信号品質比較部は、
     前記ユニークワード設定部に記憶されているユニークワードのビット列に対する各アンテナによって受信した無線信号のビット列の誤り数を比較するユニークワード誤り数比較部を有することを特徴とする請求項2乃至請求項4のいずれか一項に記載のアンテナ切り替え受信システム。
    The signal quality comparison unit
    5. A unique word error number comparison unit that compares the number of errors in a bit string of a radio signal received by each antenna with respect to a bit string of a unique word stored in the unique word setting unit. The antenna switching receiving system according to any one of the above.
  6.  対応する送信システムからは、ビット同期を確立するためのプリアンブルが各ユニークワードの前に送信され、
     前記ユニークワード誤り数比較部は、プリアンブルとユニークワードのビット列に対する各アンテナによって受信した無線信号のビット列の誤り数を比較するプリアンブル・ユニークワード誤り数比較部であることを特徴とする請求項5に記載のアンテナ切り替え受信システム。
    From the corresponding transmission system, a preamble to establish bit synchronization is transmitted before each unique word,
    6. The unique word error number comparison unit according to claim 5, wherein the unique word error number comparison unit compares the number of errors in a bit string of a radio signal received by each antenna with respect to a preamble and a unique word bit string. The antenna switching receiving system described.
  7.  1パケット内のユニークワードの受信間隔に相当する第1所定時間をカウントする第1カウンタをさらに備え、
     前記ユニークワード検出部がいずれかのアンテナによって受信した無線信号からユニークワードを検出したとき、前記第1カウンタがカウントを開始し、前記第1所定時間をカウントしたとき、別のアンテナで受信した信号から次のユニークワードを検出することを特徴とする請求項2乃至請求項6のいずれか一項に記載のアンテナ切り替え受信システム。
    A first counter that counts a first predetermined time corresponding to a unique word reception interval in one packet;
    When the unique word detection unit detects a unique word from a radio signal received by any antenna, the first counter starts counting, and when the first predetermined time is counted, the signal received by another antenna The antenna switching receiving system according to any one of claims 2 to 6, wherein the next unique word is detected.
  8.  アンテナを切り替えた後、第2所定時間をカウントする第2カウンタをさらに備え、
     アンテナを切り替え後、前記第2カウンタが第2所定時間をカウントするまでは、ユニークワードの検出を行わないことを特徴とする請求項2乃至請求項7のいずれか一項に記載のアンテナ切り替え受信システム。
    A second counter for counting a second predetermined time after switching the antenna;
    The antenna switching reception according to any one of claims 2 to 7, wherein after the antenna is switched, the unique word is not detected until the second counter counts the second predetermined time. system.
  9.  パケットの終端を検出するパケットエンド検出部をさらに備え、
     前記パケットエンド検出部がパケットの終端を検出すると、前記アンテナ制御部は、アンテナを所定周期で切り替える制御に自動的に復帰して、次のパケットを受信することを特徴とする請求項2乃至請求項8のいずれか一項に記載のアンテナ切り替え受信システム。
    A packet end detector for detecting the end of the packet;
    3. When the packet end detection unit detects the end of a packet, the antenna control unit automatically returns to the control for switching the antenna at a predetermined cycle and receives the next packet. Item 9. The antenna switching reception system according to any one of Items 8 to 9.
  10.  特定のユニークワードを検出した後、第3所定時間をカウントする第3カウンタをさらに備え、
     前記第3カウンタが第3所定時間をカウントするまでは、ユニークワードの検出を行わないことを特徴とする請求項2乃至請求項9のいずれか一項に記載のアンテナ切り替え受信システム。
    A third counter for counting a third predetermined time after detecting the specific unique word;
    The antenna switching reception system according to any one of claims 2 to 9, wherein the unique word is not detected until the third counter counts a third predetermined time.
  11.  受信した無線信号のレベルを検出する受信レベル検出部をさらに備え、
     前記受信レベル検出部が所定の第1閾値以上の信号レベルを検出した後、前記ユニークワード検出部が、ユニークワードの検索を開始することを特徴とする請求項2乃至請求項10のいずれか一項に記載のアンテナ切り替え受信システム。
    A reception level detector for detecting the level of the received radio signal;
    11. The unique word detection unit starts a search for a unique word after the reception level detection unit detects a signal level equal to or higher than a predetermined first threshold value. The antenna switching receiving system according to item.
  12.  ペイロードを受信する際に前記アンテナ制御部によって選択されたアンテナの情報を記憶する選択アンテナ記憶部と、前記選択アンテナ記憶部に記憶されている情報から、いずれかのアンテナが所定回数連続して前記アンテナ制御部によって選択されている場合、ユーザにその旨を通知する通知部とをさらに備えたことを特徴とする請求項2乃至請求項11のいずれか一項に記載のアンテナ切り替え受信システム。 A selected antenna storage unit that stores information on the antenna selected by the antenna control unit when receiving a payload, and information stored in the selected antenna storage unit, any one of the antennas is continuously received a predetermined number of times. The antenna switching reception system according to any one of claims 2 to 11, further comprising a notification unit that notifies the user of the fact that the antenna control unit has selected the antenna control unit.
  13.  搭載されるアンテナ数の2倍の数のプリアンブル及びユニークワードが送信され、各アンテナはプリアンブル及びユニークワードの送信周期の2倍の周期で切り替えられることを特徴とする請求項2乃至請求項12のいずれか一項に記載のアンテナ切り替え受信システム。 13. The preamble and unique word twice as many as the number of mounted antennas are transmitted, and each antenna is switched at a period twice as long as the transmission period of the preamble and unique word. The antenna switching reception system according to any one of the above.
  14.  受信した無線信号のレベルを検出し、ユーザに通知する受信レベル通知部と、ユーザがアンテナ切り替え機能の有効/無効を設定するための切り替え機能設定部とをさらに備えたことを特徴とする請求項1乃至請求項13のいずれか一項に記載のアンテナ切り替え受信システム。 The reception level notifying unit for detecting the level of the received radio signal and notifying the user, and the switching function setting unit for enabling the user to set the antenna switching function to be valid / invalid The antenna switching reception system according to any one of claims 1 to 13.
  15.  受信した無線信号のレベルを検出する受信レベル検出部と、
     前記受信レベル検出部が所定の第2閾値以上の信号レベルを検出したとき、アンテナ切り替え機能を無効にする切り替え機能制御部とをさらに備えたことを特徴とする請求項1乃至請求項14のいずれか一項に記載のアンテナ切り替え受信システム。
    A reception level detector that detects the level of the received radio signal;
    15. The switching function control unit for disabling an antenna switching function when the reception level detection unit detects a signal level equal to or higher than a predetermined second threshold value. The antenna switching reception system according to claim 1.
  16.  前記切り替え機能設定部又は切り替え機能制御部がアンテナ切り替え機能を無効にしたとき、対応する送信システムに対してその旨を通知することを特徴とする請求項14又は請求項15に記載のアンテナ切り替え受信システム。 The antenna switching reception according to claim 14 or 15, wherein when the switching function setting unit or the switching function control unit invalidates the antenna switching function, the corresponding transmission system is notified to that effect. system.
  17.  アンテナ切り替え機能が無効である状態において、第4所定時間連続してユニークワードを検出できない場合、前記切り替え機能設定部又は切り替え機能制御部はアンテナ切り替え機能を有効にすることを特徴とする請求項14乃至請求項16のいずれか一項に記載のアンテナ切り替え受信システム。 15. The switching function setting unit or the switching function control unit enables the antenna switching function when a unique word cannot be detected continuously for a fourth predetermined time in a state where the antenna switching function is disabled. The antenna switching reception system according to any one of claims 1 to 16.
  18.  ペイロードの受信に成功したとき、対応する送信システムに対してその旨のACKを送信することを特徴とする請求項17に記載のアンテナ切り替え受信システム。 18. The antenna switching reception system according to claim 17, wherein when the payload is successfully received, an ACK to that effect is transmitted to the corresponding transmission system.
  19.  アンテナ切り替え機能が無効である状態においても、定期的にアンテナ切り替え機能を有効にすることを特徴とする請求14乃至請求項18のいずれか一項に記載のアンテナ切り替え受信システム。 The antenna switching reception system according to any one of claims 14 to 18, wherein the antenna switching function is periodically enabled even when the antenna switching function is invalid.
  20.  請求項2乃至請求項19のいずれか一項に記載のアンテナ切り替え受信システムと、
     無線信号を送信する送信部をさらに備え、
     ペイロードを受信した後、前記送信部が無線信号を送信するとき、前記アンテナ制御部はペイロードの受信の際に選択されたアンテナを用いることを特徴とする無線通信器。
    An antenna switching reception system according to any one of claims 2 to 19,
    A transmission unit for transmitting a radio signal;
    The wireless communication device according to claim 1, wherein when the transmitting unit transmits a radio signal after receiving a payload, the antenna control unit uses an antenna selected at the time of receiving the payload.
  21.  複数のアンテナを切り替えて無線信号を受信するアンテナ切り替え受信システムにおいて、ペイロード信号を受信する前に、それぞれのアンテナでテスト信号を受信してペイロード信号を受信するアンテナを選択し、前記テスト信号を受信するアンテナは、前記テスト信号の前に検出したアンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号に基づいて切り替えられることを特徴とするアンテナ切り替え受信システム。 In an antenna switching reception system that receives a radio signal by switching a plurality of antennas, before receiving a payload signal, the test signal is received by each antenna and the antenna that receives the payload signal is selected and the test signal is received. The antenna switching receiving system, wherein the antenna to be switched is switched based on an antenna switching timing detection signal detected before the test signal.
  22.  前記アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号は、特定の並びの信号列によって構成されて送信されるものであり、
     送信される前記アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号と同一の並びの信号列を記憶する記憶部と、
     前記記憶部に記憶されている信号列と、受信した前記アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号の信号列の相関値を算出する相関値算出部を有し、
     前記アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号を前記相関値算出部によって算出された相関値に基づいて検出することを特徴とする請求項21に記載のアンテナ切り替え受信システム。
    The antenna switching timing detection signal is composed of a specific sequence of signal strings and transmitted.
    A storage unit for storing a signal sequence in the same sequence as the antenna switching timing detection signal to be transmitted;
    A correlation value calculation unit that calculates a correlation value between the signal sequence stored in the storage unit and the signal sequence of the received antenna switching timing detection signal;
    The antenna switching reception system according to claim 21, wherein the antenna switching timing detection signal is detected based on the correlation value calculated by the correlation value calculation unit.
  23.  ペイロード信号と比較して、低い伝送速度で送信された前記アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号を検出することを特徴とする請求項21又は請求項22に記載のアンテナ切り替え受信システム。 23. The antenna switching reception system according to claim 21, wherein the antenna switching timing detection signal transmitted at a lower transmission rate than the payload signal is detected.
  24.  前記アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号は、受信レベルに依存せず飽和状態でも復調可能とされていることを特徴とする請求項21乃至請求項23のいずれか一項に記載のアンテナ切り替え受信システム。 The antenna switching reception system according to any one of claims 21 to 23, wherein the antenna switching timing detection signal can be demodulated even in a saturated state without depending on a reception level.
  25.  特定のアンテナ切り替え基準タイミングから次のアンテナ切り替え基準タイミングまでの時間をカウントするカウンタ部を備え、前記カウンタ部のカウント値に基づいてアンテナ切り替え基準タイミングを検出することを特徴とする請求項21乃至請求項24のいずれか一項に記載のアンテナ切り替え受信システム。 22. A counter unit that counts a time from a specific antenna switching reference timing to a next antenna switching reference timing, wherein the antenna switching reference timing is detected based on a count value of the counter unit. Item 25. The antenna switching receiving system according to any one of Items 24.
  26.  前記アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号は、1フレーム内で複数回に亘って送信され、
     前記アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号の長さの倍以上の周期の所定期間毎に、アンテナを切り替えるアンテナ定期切り替え制御部を備えたことを特徴とする請求項21乃至請求項25のいずれか一項に記載のアンテナ切り替え受信システム。
    The antenna switching timing detection signal is transmitted a plurality of times within one frame,
    26. The antenna periodic switching control unit for switching an antenna every predetermined period having a period equal to or longer than a length of the antenna switching timing detection signal. The antenna switching receiving system described.
  27.  前記アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号の検出後、または前記アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号の検出後にユニークワード信号をさらに検出した後、所定期間は前記アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出用信号の検出を行わないことを特徴とする請求項21乃至請求項26のいずれか一項に記載のアンテナ切り替え受信システム。 After the detection of the antenna switching timing detection signal or after further detection of the unique word signal after the detection of the antenna switching timing detection signal, the antenna switching timing detection signal is not detected for a predetermined period. The antenna switching reception system according to any one of claims 21 to 26.
  28.  前記アンテナ切り替えタイミング検出信号を検出していない時間をカウントする非検出時間カウンタ部を備え、いずれかのアンテナによって受信中に前記非検出時間カウンタ部が所定の時間をカウントしたときは、別のアンテナに切り替えることを特徴とする請求項21乃至請求項27のいずれか一項に記載のアンテナ切り替え受信システム。 A non-detection time counter unit that counts a time during which the antenna switching timing detection signal is not detected, and when the non-detection time counter unit counts a predetermined time during reception by any antenna, another antenna The antenna switching reception system according to any one of claims 21 to 27, wherein the antenna switching reception system is switched to.
  29.  前記テスト信号は、特定の並びの信号列によって構成されて送信されるものであり、
     前記記憶部は、送信される前記テスト信号と同一の並びの信号列をさらに記憶し、
     前記記憶部に記憶されているテスト信号の信号列と、受信した前記テスト信号の信号列の相関値を算出する第2相関値算出部をさらに有し、
     前記第2相関値算出部は、算出した相関値に基づいて、前記テスト信号を検出したとき、アンテナ切り替えを行うことなくペイロード信号を受信し、
     前記第2相関値算出部の数は、前記テスト信号の数に対応することを特徴とする請求項21乃至請求項28のいずれか一項に記載のアンテナ切り替え受信システム。
    The test signal is configured and transmitted by a signal sequence of a specific sequence,
    The storage unit further stores a signal sequence in the same sequence as the test signal to be transmitted,
    A second correlation value calculating unit that calculates a correlation value between the signal sequence of the test signal stored in the storage unit and the signal sequence of the received test signal;
    The second correlation value calculation unit receives the payload signal without performing antenna switching when detecting the test signal based on the calculated correlation value;
    The antenna switching reception system according to any one of claims 21 to 28, wherein the number of the second correlation value calculation units corresponds to the number of the test signals.
PCT/IB2011/001937 2010-08-26 2011-08-25 Antenna-switchable reception system and wireless communications device including same WO2012028917A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201180041431.7A CN103069727B (en) 2010-08-26 2011-08-25 Antenna switches receiving system and possesses the wireless communicator of this system

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010190074A JP5658946B2 (en) 2010-08-26 2010-08-26 Antenna switching reception system
JP2010-190074 2010-08-26
JP2011-094476 2011-04-20
JP2011094476 2011-04-20
JP2011150867A JP5747177B2 (en) 2011-04-20 2011-07-07 Antenna switching reception system and wireless communication device including the same
JP2011-150867 2011-07-07

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2012028917A1 true WO2012028917A1 (en) 2012-03-08

Family

ID=45772214

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IB2011/001937 WO2012028917A1 (en) 2010-08-26 2011-08-25 Antenna-switchable reception system and wireless communications device including same

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TWI527397B (en)
WO (1) WO2012028917A1 (en)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103780297A (en) * 2012-10-19 2014-05-07 松下电器产业株式会社 Antenna switchover communication system
JP2014086785A (en) * 2012-10-19 2014-05-12 Panasonic Corp Antenna changeover communication system and transmission system corresponding thereto
JP2014086767A (en) * 2012-10-19 2014-05-12 Panasonic Corp Antenna changeover communication system and transmission system corresponding thereto
JP2014135635A (en) * 2013-01-10 2014-07-24 Panasonic Corp Antenna switching reception system and corresponding transmission system
JP2014135636A (en) * 2013-01-10 2014-07-24 Panasonic Corp Antenna switching reception system and corresponding transmission system
CN103780297B (en) * 2012-10-19 2018-08-31 松下知识产权经营株式会社 Antenna switches communication system
CN111711919A (en) * 2020-05-26 2020-09-25 桃芯科技(苏州)有限公司 Method, electronic device, and computer storage medium for controlling antenna timing switching

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI504918B (en) * 2013-12-31 2015-10-21 Univ Nat Changhua Education Locatable distributed antenna system and operation method thereof

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007088860A (en) * 2005-09-22 2007-04-05 Olympus Corp Receiving device
JP2010171846A (en) * 2009-01-26 2010-08-05 Panasonic Electric Works Co Ltd Diversity communication system and diversity receiver

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007088860A (en) * 2005-09-22 2007-04-05 Olympus Corp Receiving device
JP2010171846A (en) * 2009-01-26 2010-08-05 Panasonic Electric Works Co Ltd Diversity communication system and diversity receiver

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103780297A (en) * 2012-10-19 2014-05-07 松下电器产业株式会社 Antenna switchover communication system
JP2014086785A (en) * 2012-10-19 2014-05-12 Panasonic Corp Antenna changeover communication system and transmission system corresponding thereto
JP2014086766A (en) * 2012-10-19 2014-05-12 Panasonic Corp Antenna changeover communication system
JP2014086767A (en) * 2012-10-19 2014-05-12 Panasonic Corp Antenna changeover communication system and transmission system corresponding thereto
CN103780298B (en) * 2012-10-19 2017-08-08 松下知识产权经营株式会社 Antenna switches reception system and corresponding transmission system
CN103780297B (en) * 2012-10-19 2018-08-31 松下知识产权经营株式会社 Antenna switches communication system
JP2014135635A (en) * 2013-01-10 2014-07-24 Panasonic Corp Antenna switching reception system and corresponding transmission system
JP2014135636A (en) * 2013-01-10 2014-07-24 Panasonic Corp Antenna switching reception system and corresponding transmission system
CN111711919A (en) * 2020-05-26 2020-09-25 桃芯科技(苏州)有限公司 Method, electronic device, and computer storage medium for controlling antenna timing switching

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201215014A (en) 2012-04-01
TWI527397B (en) 2016-03-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2012028917A1 (en) Antenna-switchable reception system and wireless communications device including same
US8417205B2 (en) Antenna selection scheme for multiple antennae
US7146134B2 (en) Apparatus and method for dynamic diversity based upon receiver-side assessment of link quality
US7400872B2 (en) Radio receiver for selecting appropriate diversity antennas by comparing correlation values and a method for the same
JP2643614B2 (en) Digital mobile communication terminal
US8064861B2 (en) Circuit and method for antenna selection in an antenna diversity receiver
US8064370B2 (en) Transmitting device, wireless communication system and transmitting method
US20110065391A1 (en) Wireless communication apparatus for changing directional pattern of variable directivity antenna according to variations in radio wave propagation enviroment
JP2007523573A (en) Adaptive packet detection for detecting packets in wireless media
WO2006017413A2 (en) Wireless communication using beam forming and diversity
US20080240280A1 (en) Intelligent Iterative Switch Diversity
US20150078488A1 (en) Wireless communication apparatus for controlling multi-antenna module and related method thereof
JP2005520387A5 (en)
CN108135030B (en) Indication method and device for transmitting physical control channel
JP5842111B2 (en) Antenna switching reception system
JP6032645B2 (en) Antenna switching reception system and corresponding transmission system
JP5658946B2 (en) Antenna switching reception system
JP5747173B2 (en) Antenna switching reception system
JP2008306599A (en) Communication apparatus, communication method, communication system, and program
JP2003309501A (en) Radio receiver and radio receiving method
JP5796182B2 (en) Antenna switching reception system and wireless communication device including the same
JP6032543B2 (en) Antenna switching reception system and corresponding transmission system
JP6032646B2 (en) Antenna switching reception system and corresponding transmission system
JP2010171840A (en) Diversity receiver and diversity communication system
JP5747174B2 (en) Antenna switching reception system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201180041431.7

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 11821179

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 11821179

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1